PAGES
Subscribe Get it delivered — five to ten releases we picked each morning from the tools you run, with every release in the issue on the web. Compare plans →

The Cyber Toolchain — issue 083, September 23, 2026

THE CYBER TOOLCHAIN NO. 083
Tail
THE DAILY RELEASE FIREHOSE
PUBLISHED SEPTEMBER 23, 2026 · EVERY DAY
EDITIONS tail grep head ls diff uniq

The daily firehose — everything the toolchain shipped today, already filtered.

We read every release from the 1313 tools on our watchlist at the source — GitHub and GitLab release notes, vendor release pages and changelogs, project blogs and feeds, vendor press releases, and the source code behind the tag. Bug-fix-only releases and non-product newsroom noise are dropped; what's left is summarized down to the new capability, how to try it, and any screenshots or videos the release itself published. Every entry links to the sources it was built from.

VIEW
ISSUE VIEW scroll
INFORMATION DENSITY everything
ISSUE WIDTH reading width
Do you prefer scroll?
ADDITIONAL FILTERS
$ tct list   # 57 tools matched
Same issue, same prompt, two writers:

What stands out across today's releases, grouped by what it lets you do. Every tool named links to its entry below.

Three unrelated things stand out. Tailscale's PAMPAMBrokering administrator sessions through a gateway instead of handing out standing credentials. Access is granted for one session, to one target, and recorded. beta brokers database, RDPRDPA Microsoft protocol that lets a user view and control a remote Windows desktop over a network, giving cyber tools a standard channel to audit, attack-simulate, or monitor Windows systems remotely., SSH and Kubernetes sessions through the tailnet with S3-backed recording, retiring standing bastion credentials. Google SecOpsSecOpsThe practice of merging security and IT operations teams so that threat detection, response, and infrastructure management share the same workflows, giving cyber tools a single pipeline from alert to remediation. drops an autonomous triage agent straight into SOARSOARSecurity orchestration, automation and response, coordinating incident workflows across tools. Playbooks can gather evidence, assign work or carry out approved response actions. playbooks. Tirith 0.4.0 puts a package firewall in front of pip, holding dependency installs for approval before code executes on a developer box.

  • protect

    Grant a privileged session instead of handing out a standing credential

    Tailscale PAM (beta) fronts databases, RDP, SSH, Kubernetes and HTTPSHTTPSHTTP carried over an encrypted TLS connection. It protects traffic in transit and lets a browser verify the server's certificate. with connectors, secrets management and TerraformTerraformAn open-source infrastructure-as-code tool by HashiCorp that provisions cloud and on-premises resources through declarative configuration files, letting cyber tools automate and version-control their deployment environments. definitions, plus session recording to your own S3 bucket, so the audit trail is yours rather than the vendor's. JumpCloud Access Requests routes the grant through a JIRA webhook and logs it in Directory Insights, and Bytebase's bytebase recovery CLI gives a break-glass path that does not require leaving an admin account permanently enabled.

    tailscale · JumpCloud · bytebase

  • protect

    Stop a malicious dependency before the install script runs

    Tirith's tirith package inspect and pkg approve/install put a human gate between resolving a package and executing its install hooks, which is the exact window npm and PyPI attacks use; the tirith capsule run --preset untrusted-project sandbox fails closed for code you have not vetted. TruffleHog's pre-receive hook moves secret scanningsecret scanningChecking files, code or other data for exposed credentials such as passwords, API keys and tokens. Findings help teams remove the secret and revoke or rotate it. server-side so a leaked key is rejected at push rather than found after it is already in history, and ARC Harden Runner v2.20.0 pulls its API key from AWS Secrets Manager via IRSAIRSAAn AWS mechanism that lets a Kubernetes pod assume an IAM role via a service account, so tools running in EKS can call AWS APIs without embedding long-lived credentials. so the CI hardening agent itself stops being a place you store a long-lived secret.

    tirith · trufflehog · StepSecurity

Does Opus 5 read better?
Offensive Security
◆  Exploitation & C2

Bugcrowd Researcher Platform

Sources Changelog →Blog / feed → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog Rank Why this rank top features scored 60 — 60 How ranking works →

Bugcrowd Researcher Platform connects security researchers with organizations to find and report vulnerabilities through coordinated bug bounty programs.

Bugcrowd introduced Submission Collaborator, letting researchers work together on a single submission, and quickly raised the collaborator cap while automating reward allocation.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 1 FEATURE 0 OF 1 FEATURE most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Submission Collaborator for shared submissions new 60

Researchers can now collaborate with others on a single submission via the new Submission Collaborator feature.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ The maximum number of collaborators per submission was raised from 8 to 20, with reward allocation for all collaborators handled directly on the platform without manual processing delays.

— Names the limit change and reward handling but no UI/API path Submission Collaborator (2026-09-22)changelog-20260923-f01e5362
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog LatestStable

Bugcrowd Researcher Platform adds Submission Collaborator, enabling researchers to collaborate on submissions.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Submission Collaborator (2026-09-22) Blog Stable

Bugcrowd raises the submission collaborator limit from 8 to 20, with full platform-native reward allocation.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

  • Raises the maximum number of collaborators per submission from 8 to 20, with reward allocation for all collaborators handled directly on the platform without manual processing delays.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

1 detail in Everything

Was this useful?

PhoneSploit-Pro

Sources Release notes → v2.3 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 33/25 — 29 How ranking works →

An all-in-one hacking tool to remotely take over Android devices.

PhoneSploit-Pro v2.3 adds screen and display control options during ADBADBAndroid Debug Bridge, a command-line tool maintained by Google that lets a host machine communicate with an Android device over USB or TCP, giving cyber tools shell access, file transfer, and app control. sessions and reorganizes the tool's actions into a hub-based menu structure.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 2 FEATURES 0 OF 2 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Screen and display control options new 33

Adds screen and display control options, expanding the set of device interactions available during an ADB session.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Names capability but no specific commands or mechanism. v2.3
02 00
Hub-based menu structure improved 25

Introduces a hub-based menu structure, reorganizing available exploits and actions into grouped navigation hubs.

— Describes reorganization but no navigation paths given. v2.3
v2.3 Notes LatestStable

PhoneSploit-Pro v2.3 adds screen/display controls and a hub-based menu to the ADBADBAndroid Debug Bridge, a command-line tool maintained by Google that lets a host machine communicate with an Android device over USB or TCP, giving cyber tools shell access, file transfer, and app control. exploitation toolkit.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v2.3 https://github.com/AzeemIdrisi/PhoneSploit-Pro.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v2.3
  • Adds screen and display control options, expanding the set of device interactions available during an ADB session.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Introduces a hub-based menu structure, reorganizing available exploits and actions into grouped navigation hubs.

2 details in Everything

Was this useful?
Application Security
◆  Code Security

Veracode

Sources Changelog →Blog / feed → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog Rank Why this rank top features scored 80/75/70, +15 breaking change — 90 How ranking works →

Veracode's biggest update this window is a sweeping expansion of DASTDASTDynamic application security testing, probing a running application from the outside for vulnerabilities. It checks behavior exposed through the application's interfaces. — new target configuration options, authentication methods, Internal Scanning Management, a public Target Configuration Service REST APIREST APIA web API design style where clients interact with resources over HTTP using standard methods like GET, POST, and DELETE, giving cyber tools a predictable, language-agnostic way to integrate with external services., and a scheduling overhaul that breaks existing scheduling API integrations — alongside a new DryRun Security integration for Static Analysis and an IaCIaCInfrastructure as Code: the practice of defining and provisioning compute infrastructure through machine-readable config files rather than manual processes, giving cyber tools repeatable, version-controlled environment setup. policy parameter for the GitHub Workflow Integration.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Veracode is a cloud-based application security platform that performs static, dynamic, and software composition analysis to identify vulnerabilities in code.

Veracode's biggest update this window is a sweeping expansion of DASTDASTDynamic application security testing, probing a running application from the outside for vulnerabilities. It checks behavior exposed through the application's interfaces. — new target configuration options, authentication methods, Internal Scanning Management, a public Target Configuration Service REST APIREST APIA web API design style where clients interact with resources over HTTP using standard methods like GET, POST, and DELETE, giving cyber tools a predictable, language-agnostic way to integrate with external services., and a scheduling overhaul that breaks existing scheduling API integrations — alongside a new DryRun Security integration for Static Analysis and an IaCIaCInfrastructure as Code: the practice of defining and provisioning compute infrastructure through machine-readable config files rather than manual processes, giving cyber tools repeatable, version-controlled environment setup. policy parameter for the GitHub Workflow Integration.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 16 FEATURES 4 OF 16 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 01
New authentication options for web application and API scans new 80

Web application and API scans now support time-based one-time password (TOTPTOTPA one-time password algorithm (RFC 6238) that generates short-lived codes from a shared secret and the current time, giving cyber tools phishing-resistant second-factor authentication without a server round-trip.) seeds for multi-factor authenticationmulti-factor authenticationMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone. (MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone.), configurable via the REST API, and custom cookies for authentication.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ API Scanning adds Scriptable Request Modification (SRM), allowing JavaScript to modify HTTP requests at runtime during authentication, and DAST Enterprise mode adds support for login scripts, scanner variables, client certificates, and Scriptable Request Modifications (SRM) for APIs as additional authentication configuration options.

— Names REST API and several auth mechanisms, no exact field names DAST updates (2026-09-23)
02 02
Public DAST Target Configuration Service REST API new 75

The DAST Target Configuration Service REST API is now publicly available to automate management of DAST targets and trigger analyses.

— Names public API surface, no example endpoint path given DAST updates (2026-09-23)
03 00
Target configuration enhancements in DAST new 70

DAST target creation and configuration now support assigning multiple teams to a single target for shared security ownership, selecting a business unit when creating a web application or API specification target or on the DAST configuration page, Directory Restrictions to control scan scope, and custom host-to-IP address mappings for scans when DNS lookup is unavailable or not desired.

— Names config field but no exact API path DAST updates (2026-09-23)
04 00
Internal Scanning Management (ISM) support for DAST Enterprise new 70

The ISM endpoint 24.10.0 introduces a proxy exclusion list allowing specified hosts to bypass the configured proxy settings, and DAST Enterprise mode adds Internal Scanning Management (ISM) support for scanning web applications and APIs behind a corporate firewall.

— Names endpoint version and capability, lacks exact config steps DAST updates (2026-09-23)
05 03
Enhanced DAST scan scheduling with breaking API change breaking 70

Adds the ability to schedule an analysis pause and resume on specific days of the week, during specific periods, or both. The DAST scheduling API endpoints have changed as part of this enhanced scheduling rollout, so integrations using the REST API to manage schedules must be updated to use the new endpoints per the DAST API specification.

— States breaking change and migration need, no exact endpoint names given DAST updates (2026-09-23)
06 00
IaC policy parameter in GitHub Workflow Integration new 65

Adds the policy parameter to GitHub Workflow Integration v2.1.7 for infrastructure-as-code (IaC) scans.

— Names exact flag and integration version but no usage steps changelog-20260923-e1647b29
07 00
AI-Assisted Login for DAST Enterprise new 65

DAST Enterprise mode now provides an AI-based authentication method (AI-Assisted Login) to cover complex login flows without recorded login scripts.

— Names feature and mechanism, no configuration steps DAST updates (2026-09-23)
08 00
Manual application linking for DAST analysis runs new 60

DAST now supports manual application linking to connect analysis run results to a Veracode Platform application for policy evaluation and combined multi-scan-type reporting.

— Explains purpose and outcome, no UI/API steps DAST updates (2026-09-23)
09 00
Organization-level URL scan settings via REST API new 60

Adds the ability to set URL scan settings at the organization level via the Dynamic Analysis REST API.

— Names API surface, no field or endpoint path DAST updates (2026-09-23)
thinner coverage below
10 00
EASM auto-discovery integration with DAST new 55

EASMEASMExternal Attack Surface Management: a discipline and category of tooling that continuously discovers and monitors an organization's internet-facing assets to identify exposures before attackers do. now automatically creates discovered targets in DAST, which can be mapped or converted to regular DAST targets for scanning.

— Explains mechanism but no UI or API path DAST updates (2026-09-23)
11 04
DryRun Security integration for Static Analysis new 50

Integrates Veracode Static Analysis with DryRun Security, surfacing Veracode findings and remediation guidance inside pull request and code review workflows.

— Describes purpose but no setup detail or config changelog-20260923-e1647b29
12 00
Postman Collection uploads for API Scanning new 50

API Scanning now supports uploading and scanning Postman Collections in the Veracode Platform.

— Names format supported, no upload steps described DAST updates (2026-09-23)
13 00
Downloadable scan reports in DAST Enterprise new 40

DAST Enterprise mode now supports downloadable scan reports providing visibility into scan coverage and scanner behavior.

— States benefit, no format or location named DAST updates (2026-09-23)
14 00
Similarity threshold for web application scans new 40

Adds a similarity threshold setting for web application analyses to ignore similar web pages during scanning.

— Explains purpose, no default value or range given DAST updates (2026-09-23)
15 00
Open port scanning in Dynamic Analysis and DAST Enterprise new 35

Dynamic Analysis and DAST Enterprise mode now support scanning web applications for open ports.

— Bare capability statement, no scope or limits DAST updates (2026-09-23)
16 00
New HTTP header, TLS, and fingerprinting detections new 35

Adds new detections for HTTP headers, TLS, and fingerprinting in the scan engine.

— Names categories but no specific checks listed DAST updates (2026-09-23)
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !
    The DAST scheduling API endpoints have changed as part of the enhanced scheduling rollout; integrations using the REST API to manage schedules must be updated to use the new endpoints per the DAST API specification.
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog LatestStable

Veracode adds DryRun Security integration, IaCIaCInfrastructure as Code: the practice of defining and provisioning compute infrastructure through machine-readable config files rather than manual processes, giving cyber tools repeatable, version-controlled environment setup. policy parameter, Jira 11 support, and a redesigned EASMEASMExternal Attack Surface Management: a discipline and category of tooling that continuously discovers and monitors an organization's internet-facing assets to identify exposures before attackers do. UI⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

  • Adds the policy parameter to GitHub Workflow Integration v2.1.7 for infrastructure-as-code (IaC) scans.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Integrates Veracode Static Analysis with DryRun Security, surfacing Veracode findings and remediation guidance inside pull request and code review workflows.

2 details in Everything

DAST updates (2026-09-23) Blog Stable

Veracode DASTDASTDynamic application security testing, probing a running application from the outside for vulnerabilities. It checks behavior exposed through the application's interfaces. gains multi-team targets, custom host-to-IP mappings, directory restrictions, open-port scanning, and EASMEASMExternal Attack Surface Management: a discipline and category of tooling that continuously discovers and monitors an organization's internet-facing assets to identify exposures before attackers do. integration.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

  • Supports assigning multiple teams to a single DAST target when creating a web application or API specification, enabling shared security ownership.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds the ability to select a business unit when creating a web application or API specification target, or on the DAST configuration page.
  • Adds Directory Restrictions to DAST target configuration to control scan scope.
  • Introduces custom host-to-IP address mappings for DAST scans when DNS lookup is unavailable or not desired.
  • Dynamic Analysis and DAST Enterprise mode now support scanning web applications for open ports.
+16 more show less
  • Adds new detections for HTTP headers, TLS, and fingerprinting in the scan engine.
  • EASM now automatically creates discovered targets in DAST, which can be mapped or converted to regular DAST targets for scanning.
  • DAST Enterprise mode now supports downloadable scan reports providing visibility into scan coverage and scanner behavior.
  • DAST Enterprise mode now provides an AI-based authentication method (AI-Assisted Login) to cover complex login flows without recorded login scripts.
  • DAST now supports manual application linking to connect analysis run results to a Veracode Platform application for policy evaluation and combined multi-scan-type reporting.
  • The ISM endpoint 24.10.0 introduces a proxy exclusion list allowing specified hosts to bypass the configured proxy settings.
  • The DAST Target Configuration Service REST APIREST APIA web API design style where clients interact with resources over HTTP using standard methods like GET, POST, and DELETE, giving cyber tools a predictable, language-agnostic way to integrate with external services. is now publicly available to automate management of DAST targets and trigger analyses.
  • API Scanning now supports uploading and scanning Postman Collections in the Veracode Platform.
  • Web application and API scans now support time-based one-time password (TOTPTOTPA one-time password algorithm (RFC 6238) that generates short-lived codes from a shared secret and the current time, giving cyber tools phishing-resistant second-factor authentication without a server round-trip.) seeds for multi-factor authenticationmulti-factor authenticationMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone. (MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone.), configurable via the REST API.
  • Web application and API scans now support custom cookies for authentication.
  • Adds the ability to set URL scan settings at the organization level via the Dynamic Analysis REST API.
  • API Scanning adds Scriptable Request Modification (SRM), allowing JavaScript to modify HTTP requests at runtime during authentication.
  • Adds a similarity threshold setting for web application analyses to ignore similar web pages during scanning.
  • Adds the ability to schedule an analysis pause and resume on specific days of the week, during specific periods, or both.
  • DAST Enterprise mode adds support for login scripts, scanner variables, client certificates, and Scriptable Request Modifications (SRM) for APIs as additional authentication configuration options.
  • DAST Enterprise mode adds Internal Scanning Management (ISM) support for scanning web applications and APIs behind a corporate firewall.
  • Supports assigning multiple teams to a single DAST target when creating a web application or API specification, enabling shared security ownership.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds Directory Restrictions to DAST target configuration to control scan scope.
  • Introduces custom host-to-IP address mappings for DAST scans when DNS lookup is unavailable or not desired.
  • Dynamic Analysis and DAST Enterprise mode now support scanning web applications for open ports.
  • Adds new detections for HTTP headers, TLS, and fingerprinting in the scan engine.
+14 more show less
  • EASM now automatically creates discovered targets in DAST, which can be mapped or converted to regular DAST targets for scanning.
  • DAST Enterprise mode now supports downloadable scan reports providing visibility into scan coverage and scanner behavior.
  • DAST Enterprise mode now provides an AI-based authentication method (AI-Assisted Login) to cover complex login flows without recorded login scripts.
  • DAST now supports manual application linking to connect analysis run results to a Veracode Platform application for policy evaluation and combined multi-scan-type reporting.
  • The ISM endpoint 24.10.0 introduces a proxy exclusion list allowing specified hosts to bypass the configured proxy settings.
  • The DAST Target Configuration Service REST APIREST APIA web API design style where clients interact with resources over HTTP using standard methods like GET, POST, and DELETE, giving cyber tools a predictable, language-agnostic way to integrate with external services. is now publicly available to automate management of DAST targets and trigger analyses.
  • API Scanning now supports uploading and scanning Postman Collections in the Veracode Platform.
  • Web application and API scans now support time-based one-time password (TOTPTOTPA one-time password algorithm (RFC 6238) that generates short-lived codes from a shared secret and the current time, giving cyber tools phishing-resistant second-factor authentication without a server round-trip.) seeds for multi-factor authenticationmulti-factor authenticationMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone. (MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone.), configurable via the REST API.
  • Web application and API scans now support custom cookies for authentication.
  • Adds the ability to set URL scan settings at the organization level via the Dynamic Analysis REST API.
  • API Scanning adds Scriptable Request Modification (SRM), allowing JavaScript to modify HTTP requests at runtime during authentication.
  • Adds a similarity threshold setting for web application analyses to ignore similar web pages during scanning.
  • DAST Enterprise mode adds support for login scripts, scanner variables, client certificates, and Scriptable Request Modifications (SRM) for APIs as additional authentication configuration options.
  • DAST Enterprise mode adds Internal Scanning Management (ISM) support for scanning web applications and APIs behind a corporate firewall.

2 more in Everything

└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !The DAST scheduling API endpoints have changed as part of the enhanced scheduling rollout; integrations using the REST API to manage schedules must be updated to use the new endpoints per the DAST API specification.
Was this useful?

Snyk

Sources Blog / feed →Product docs → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Docs Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 70/62/46, +6 runnable example — 65.33 How ranking works →

The official changelog for the Snyk AI Trust Platform. Discover what's new in our security intelligence, AI-powered tools, and latest product enhancements.

Snyk shipped GA of the Evo MCP ServerMCP ServerA process that exposes tools, resources, and prompts over Anthropic's Model Context Protocol, letting an AI agent call external APIs or local services through a standardised interface. for agentic AI asset discovery and policy management, alongside a new snyk fix --agentic CLI command, DNS-based domain verification, Snyk Studio for AI-assisted dev workflows, and a migration of Snyk for Jira to Atlassian's ForgeForgeA Python HTTP client library that lets developers craft and send arbitrary HTTP requests with fine-grained control over headers, bodies, and sessions, making it useful for testing and fuzzing web services. platform.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 6 FEATURES 3 OF 6 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 01
`snyk fix --agentic` CLI command new 70

Adds the snyk fix --agentic CLI command, which applies and verifies vulnerability fixes automatically in an agentic pipeline without manual review steps.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Automatically apply and verify fixes for detected vulnerabilities in an agentic pipeline without manual review steps.
$ snyk fix --agentic
Apply and verify a vulnerability fix in an agentic CI pipeline without manual review steps.
$ snyk fix --agentic
— Exact runnable flag and command given 2026-09-23-284c2c212026-09-23-480bc122
02 02
Evo MCP Server for agentic asset and policy management new 62

Adds the Evo MCP Server (GA), letting any MCP client — Claude, Codex, Cursor — query discovered AI assets across code, developer machines, and pentest targets, inspect asset relationships (e.g. which MCP servers an agent uses), and read or write policies without leaving the agent.

— Names supported clients and capabilities but no setup steps 2026-09-23-284c2c21
thinner coverage below
03 03
Snyk for Jira migrates from Atlassian Connect to Forge breaking 46

Migrates Snyk for Jira from Atlassian Connect to Forge, Atlassian's current cloud app platform, ahead of Atlassian's December 2026 end-of-support deadline for Connect.

— Explains why and deadline but not migration steps for users 2026-09-23-480bc122
04 00
DNS TXT record domain verification new 45

Adds DNS TXTDNS TXTA DNS record type that stores arbitrary text strings in a domain's zone data, often used by cyber tools to exfiltrate data, verify domain ownership, or publish policy information like SPF and DMARC. record verification as a method to confirm domain ownership for Snyk API & Web targets.

— Names the verification method and target area, no exact record format 2026-09-23-284c2c21
05 00
IDE Plugin Compatibility Matrix new 45

Adds an IDE Plugin Compatibility Matrix documenting compatible Snyk CLI version ranges for each IDE plugin version released in the past 12 months.

— Documents scope and timeframe but no direct link given 2026-09-23-284c2c21
06 00
Snyk Studio for AI-assisted development new 25

Adds Snyk Studio, which embeds security directives into AI-assisted development workflows.

— Bare description with no mechanism or usage detail 2026-09-23-284c2c21
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Docs Blog LatestStable

Snyk: Introduces Evo by Snyk with an MCP ServerMCP ServerA process that exposes tools, resources, and prompts over Anthropic's Model Context Protocol, letting an AI agent call external APIs or local services through a standardised interface. surface for agentic security use cases.

└──▷ TRY IT
Automatically apply and verify fixes for detected vulnerabilities in an agentic pipeline without manual review steps.
$ snyk fix --agentic
  • Migrates Snyk for Jira from Atlassian Connect to Forge, Atlassian's current cloud app platform, ahead of Atlassian's December 2026 end-of-support deadline.

1 more in Everything

changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Docs Blog Stable

Snyk's Evo gains an MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. server so Claude, Codex, or Cursor can query your AI asset estate and manage policies in-agent.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ TRY IT
Apply and verify a vulnerability fix in an agentic CI pipeline without manual review steps.
$ snyk fix --agentic
  • Adds the Evo MCP ServerMCP ServerA process that exposes tools, resources, and prompts over Anthropic's Model Context Protocol, letting an AI agent call external APIs or local services through a standardised interface. (GA), letting any MCP client — Claude, Codex, Cursor — query discovered AI assets across code, developer machines, and pentest targets, inspect asset relationships (e.g.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ which MCP servers an agent uses), and read or write policies without leaving the agent.
  • Adds snyk fix --agentic CLI command, which applies and verifies vulnerability fixes.
  • Adds DNS TXTDNS TXTA DNS record type that stores arbitrary text strings in a domain's zone data, often used by cyber tools to exfiltrate data, verify domain ownership, or publish policy information like SPF and DMARC. record verification as a method to confirm domain ownership for Snyk API & Web targets.
  • Adds Snyk Studio, which embeds security directives into AI-assisted development workflows.
  • Adds an IDE Plugin Compatibility Matrix documenting compatible Snyk CLI version ranges for each IDE plugin version released in the past 12 months.

5 details in Everything

Was this useful?

StackHawk

Sources Changelog →Release page → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog Rank Why this rank top features scored 90/90/88, +6 runnable example — 95.33 How ranking works →

StackHawk shipped a new CLI install script with SHA-256SHA-256A cryptographic hash function that turns data into a fixed 256-bit fingerprint. It is used to check integrity; hashing does not encrypt the original data. verification, organization-wide secret resolution for shared scan credentials, expanded session-verification controls for authenticated scans, and OpenAPIOpenAPIA vendor-neutral specification for describing REST APIs in a machine-readable format, maintained by the OpenAPI Initiative. Cyber tools use it to auto-generate clients, documentation, and validation from a single source of truth. base-path overrides, alongside fixes to technology-flag management and replayed-request headers.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

StackHawk is an application security tool built for developers. Automated scanning for the entire dev pipeline combined with continuous documentation and remediation.

StackHawk shipped a new CLI install script with SHA-256SHA-256A cryptographic hash function that turns data into a fixed 256-bit fingerprint. It is used to check integrity; hashing does not encrypt the original data. verification, organization-wide secret resolution for shared scan credentials, expanded session-verification controls for authenticated scans, and OpenAPIOpenAPIA vendor-neutral specification for describing REST APIs in a machine-readable format, maintained by the OpenAPI Initiative. Cyber tools use it to auto-generate clients, documentation, and validation from a single source of truth. base-path overrides, alongside fixes to technology-flag management and replayed-request headers.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 5 FEATURES 1 OF 5 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
hawk CLI install script new 90

Adds support for installing the hawk CLI via curl -sSf https://download.stackhawk.com/hawk/install.sh | sh, with SHA-256 verification against the published manifest.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ Supports HAWK_INSTALL_VERSION to pin a release and HAWK_INSTALL_DIR to control the install destination (default ~/.hawk/bin).

Pin the hawk CLI to a specific version in CI to keep pipelines reproducible.
$ HAWK_INSTALL_VERSION=6.5.0 HAWK_INSTALL_DIR=/usr/local/bin curl -sSf https://download.stackhawk.com/hawk/install.sh | sh
Pin the HawkScan CLI to a specific version in CI so pipeline installs are reproducible and unaffected by new releases.
$ HAWK_INSTALL_VERSION=6.5.0 HAWK_INSTALL_DIR=/usr/local/bin curl -sSf https://download.stackhawk.com/hawk/install.sh | sh
— Exact command, env vars and default path given snapshot-20260923
02 00
OpenAPI basePath overrides new 90

Adds basePath under app.openApiConf to prepend a base path to every operation discovered in an OpenAPI specification, taking precedence over both a path on app.host and servers[].url in the spec. Adds disableServerBasePath under app.openApiConf to suppress the base path declared in the specification's servers[].url when the API is served at the root of app.host.

Scan an API served at the root of your host even though the OpenAPI spec declares a base path in servers[].url — use basePath and disableServerBasePath together to override both the spec and any path on the host URL.
yaml
app:
  host: http://localhost:8000
  openApiConf:
    basePath: /api/v2
    disableServerBasePath: true
— Exact config keys with a runnable override example product docs
03 00
Session verification for authenticated scans new 88

The session-verification block under app.authentication.sessionVerification in stackhawk.yml/.stackhawk.yml enables periodic re-authentication polling during scans, with pollFrequency, activeScanPollFrequency, and maxUnauthenticatedRequestPercent controlling check cadence and tolerance. maxConsecutiveUnauthenticatedChecks flags suspect authenticated coverage when a burst of consecutive failed session checks occurs, catching gaps a scan-wide average would miss, and disabled: true explicitly turns off session verification, falling back to app.authentication.loggedInIndicator / loggedOutIndicator regex matching. The block is off by default — providing it (even empty) enables polling, while omitting it requires a loggedInIndicator or loggedOutIndicator instead, and those two fields remain supported (not deprecated) as the only per-request session check when verification is absent or disabled.

Detect short session-loss bursts during an authenticated scan without waiting for the scan-wide unauthenticated percentage to look unhealthy.
yaml
app:
  authentication:
    sessionVerification:
      maxConsecutiveUnauthenticatedChecks: 3
Disable session-verification polling for an app that gives false positives, and fall back to per-request loggedInIndicator regex matching instead.
yaml
app:
  authentication:
    loggedInIndicator: 'Welcome, '
    sessionVerification:
      disabled: true
Enable mid-scan session verification for an authenticated scan so HawkScan re-authenticates automatically if it drifts logged out, catching missed findings during active attack phases.
yaml
app:
  authentication:
    sessionVerification:
      pollFrequency: 20
      activeScanPollFrequency: 3
      maxUnauthenticatedRequestPercent: 5
Enable mid-scan session verification for an app that uses form login, so HawkScan re-authenticates automatically if it drifts logged-out during a long active scan.
yaml
app:
  authentication:
    sessionVerification:
      pollFrequency: 20
      activeScanPollFrequency: 3
      maxUnauthenticatedRequestPercent: 5
Enable mid-scan session re-authentication to catch missed findings caused by the scanner going unauthenticated mid-attack phase.
yaml
app:
  authentication:
    sessionVerification:
      pollFrequency: 20
      activeScanPollFrequency: 3
      maxUnauthenticatedRequestPercent: 2
— Names every config key and fallback behavior with runnable examples snapshot-20260923
04 00
Fix for hawk op app tech-flags set improved 80

Naming one technology flag in hawk op app tech-flags set no longer silently re-enables all other 34 flags; the command now reads the current flags, merges the requested change, and writes only the result.

— Names exact command and precise before/after fix changelog-20260923-a9739752
05 01
Organization-wide secrets in scan config new 70

Scan configuration now resolves ${VARIABLE} references against organization-wide secrets, so a team can share one copy of a scan credential instead of one per engineer. Personal secrets take precedence over organization secrets, HawkScan warns when both exist for the same name, and it names any unresolvable variable explicitly.

— Names syntax and precedence rules but no example snapshot-20260923
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog LatestStable

StackHawk: Fixes hawk op app tech-flags set so naming one technology flag no longer silently re-enables all other 34 flags; the command now reads current flags, merges the change, and writes only the result.

└──▷ USE IT
Enable mid-scan session verification for an authenticated scan so HawkScan re-authenticates automatically if it drifts logged out, catching missed findings during active attack phases.
stackhawk.yml
app:
  authentication:
    sessionVerification:
      pollFrequency: 20
      activeScanPollFrequency: 3
      maxUnauthenticatedRequestPercent: 5
Pin the HawkScan CLI to a specific version in CI so pipeline installs are reproducible and unaffected by new releases.
$ HAWK_INSTALL_VERSION=6.5.0 HAWK_INSTALL_DIR=/usr/local/bin curl -sSf https://download.stackhawk.com/hawk/install.sh | sh
  • Emits the platform's own message — including minimum supported version and upgrade location — and exits non-zero when a scan is declined because the CLI is out of support; logs deprecation advisories once per scan rather than on every platform call.

1 more in Everything

updated · Sep 23, 2026 Notes Stable

StackHawk: Adds support for installing the hawk CLI via curl -sSf https://download.stackhawk.com/hawk/install.sh | sh, with SHA-256SHA-256A cryptographic hash function that turns data into a fixed 256-bit fingerprint. It is used to check integrity; hashing does not encrypt the original data. verification against the published manifest; supports HAWK_INSTALL_VERSION to pin a release and HAWK_INSTALL_DIR to control the install destination (default ~/.hawk/bin).

└──▷ USE IT
Enable mid-scan session re-authentication to catch missed findings caused by the scanner going unauthenticated mid-attack phase.
stackhawk.yml
app:
  authentication:
    sessionVerification:
      pollFrequency: 20
      activeScanPollFrequency: 3
      maxUnauthenticatedRequestPercent: 2
Pin the hawk CLI to a specific version in CI to keep pipelines reproducible.
$ HAWK_INSTALL_VERSION=6.5.0 HAWK_INSTALL_DIR=/usr/local/bin curl -sSf https://download.stackhawk.com/hawk/install.sh | sh
  • Adds resolution of ${VARIABLE} references in scan configuration against organization-wide secrets, so a team can share one copy of a scan credential; personal secrets take precedence and HawkScan warns when both exist, and names any unresolvable variable explicitly.

1 more in Everything

Was this useful?

Aikido Security

Sources Release page → #56 - Cloud Asset Map, Creating fix PRs with Deep Review and Code Coverage on GitLab Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 73/70/60 — 67.67 How ranking works →

Aikido Security is a developer-first security platform that identifies and remediates vulnerabilities in code, dependencies, and infrastructure.

Aikido's headline addition this window is Cloud Inventory (Cloud Asset Map) for visualizing cloud resources by region and VPCVPCA logically isolated virtual network inside a public cloud provider's infrastructure, letting tools deploy resources with private addressing, controlled routing, and firewall rules without managing physical hardware., alongside the ability to generate fix pull requests directly from Deep Review comments, GitLab CI code coverage support, and Altar — Aikido's first open-weight, on-prem pentesting model.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 13 FEATURES 1 OF 13 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
New APIs and webhook events new 73

Adds a GET List user logins history API endpoint for auditing authentication activity, a Broker management API for programmatic control of broker configuration, a webhook event for when a new issue ignore/snooze request is accepted or denied, and a webhook event for when a Domain scan finishes.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Names endpoint and webhook events but no full paths or payloads. #56 - Cloud Asset Map, Creating fix PRs with…
02 00
Fix PRs generated from Deep Review comments new 70

Reply to a Deep Review comment requesting a fix and Aikido opens a new pull request with the fix built on top of your current PR.

— Clear trigger action and resulting mechanism described. #56 - Cloud Asset Map, Creating fix PRs with…
03 00
Code Coverage upload from GitLab CI new 60

Aikido now supports Code Coverage upload from GitLab CI, with per-file and per-line results visible in Aikido alongside existing GitHub coverage.

— Names the CI source and result granularity, no setup steps. #56 - Cloud Asset Map, Creating fix PRs with…
04 01
Altar: on-prem, air-gapped pentesting model new 60

Altar is Aikido's first open-weight security model, built to run frontier-grade pentesting fully on-prem and air-gapped without sending data to third parties.

— Explains purpose and deployment model but no setup instructions. #56 - Cloud Asset Map, Creating fix PRs with…
thinner coverage below
05 00
Cloud Inventory (Cloud Asset Map) new 58

Cloud Inventory (Cloud Asset Map) lets you see every cloud resource laid out by region and VPC, with exposure findings and firewall rules accessible in one click.

— Describes layout and data shown but no exact navigation path. #56 - Cloud Asset Map, Creating fix PRs with…
06 00
Zen Firewall agent expanded to more languages and platforms improved 55

New Zen Firewall agent releases ship for Java, PHP, Golang, and Node, and the PHP agent adds Alpine support.

— Lists supported languages and platform but no install detail. #56 - Cloud Asset Map, Creating fix PRs with…
07 00
Cloud scanning reachability and checks expanded improved 55

Container scanning Reachability now extends to include BigQueryBigQueryA serverless, cloud-hosted analytical database from Google that runs SQL queries across massive datasets without managing infrastructure, giving cyber tools scalable storage and fast querying over large volumes of log or event data. datasets, VM Reachability is now available for GCP in Cloud scanning, and new infrastructure-focused checks have been added to cloud scanning.

— Names extended targets but no configuration or command steps. #56 - Cloud Asset Map, Creating fix PRs with…
08 00
JetBrains IDE plugin gains multi-repository scanning improved 40

New JetBrains IDE plugin release adds support for multi-repository scanning.

— States the capability without usage detail. #56 - Cloud Asset Map, Creating fix PRs with…
09 00
New MCP tools for issue and scan data new 40

New MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. tools let you get issue details including pentest information, Deep Review, and other SCASCASoftware composition analysis, identifying third-party dependencies and checking them for known vulnerabilities and license issues. It covers software a team uses rather than writes itself. scanning tool data.

— Lists tool coverage but no invocation examples. #56 - Cloud Asset Map, Creating fix PRs with…
10 00
Firefox and Homebrew added to Device Protection new 40

Adds Firefox and Homebrew as new ecosystems in Device Protection.

— Names ecosystems but no scope or setup detail. #56 - Cloud Asset Map, Creating fix PRs with…
11 00
Task Tracker issues for Code Quality findings new 35

Supports creating Task Tracker issues for Code Quality findings.

— Brief mention without workflow detail. #56 - Cloud Asset Map, Creating fix PRs with…
12 00
Grouped bar charts in Custom Reports new 25

Custom Reports now support grouped bar charts.

— Bare feature name with no further detail. #56 - Cloud Asset Map, Creating fix PRs with…
13 00
Sensitive Data information in DSPM new 25

Adds Sensitive Data information to DSPMDSPMData security posture management, locating sensitive data and checking how it is protected and who can reach it. It helps teams prioritize risks around their data stores..

— Bare mention, no detail on data types covered. #56 - Cloud Asset Map, Creating fix PRs with…
#56 - Cloud Asset Map, Creating fix PRs with Deep Review and Code Coverage on GitLab Notes LatestStable

Aikido adds Cloud Asset Map, fix PRs from Deep Review comments, GitLab code coverage, on-prem pentest model, and new APIs⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

  • Adds GET List user logins history API endpoint for auditing authentication activity.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds Broker management API for programmatic control of broker configuration.
  • Adds webhook event for when a new issue ignore/snooze request is accepted or denied.
  • Adds webhook event for when a Domain scan finishes.
  • Introduces Cloud Inventory (Cloud Asset Map): see every cloud resource laid out by region and VPCVPCA logically isolated virtual network inside a public cloud provider's infrastructure, letting tools deploy resources with private addressing, controlled routing, and firewall rules without managing physical hardware., with exposure findings and firewall rules accessible in one click.
+14 more show less
  • Enables creating fix pull requests directly from Deep Review: reply to a Deep Review comment requesting a fix and Aikido opens a new PR with the fix built on your current PR.
  • Supports Code Coverage upload from GitLab CI with per-file and per-line results visible in Aikido alongside existing GitHub coverage.
  • Launches Altar, Aikido's first open-weight security model built to run frontier-grade pentesting fully on-prem and air-gapped without sending data to third parties.
  • Adds Zen Firewall agent releases for Java, PHP, Golang, and Node.
  • Adds Alpine support for the Zen Firewall PHP agent.
  • Adds new JetBrains IDE plugin release with support for multi-repository scanning.
  • Adds new MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. tools: Get issue details including pentest information, Deep Review, and other SCASCASoftware composition analysis, identifying third-party dependencies and checking them for known vulnerabilities and license issues. It covers software a team uses rather than writes itself. scanning tool data.
  • Adds support for grouped bar charts in Custom Reports.
  • Extends Container scanning Reachability to include BigQueryBigQueryA serverless, cloud-hosted analytical database from Google that runs SQL queries across massive datasets without managing infrastructure, giving cyber tools scalable storage and fast querying over large volumes of log or event data. datasets.
  • Makes VM Reachability available for GCP in Cloud scanning.
  • Adds new infrastructure-focused checks to cloud scanning.
  • Supports creating Task Tracker issues for Code Quality findings.
  • Adds Firefox and Homebrew as new ecosystems in Device Protection.
  • Adds Sensitive Data information to DSPMDSPMData security posture management, locating sensitive data and checking how it is protected and who can reach it. It helps teams prioritize risks around their data stores..
  • Adds GET List user logins history API endpoint for auditing authentication activity.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds Broker management API for programmatic control of broker configuration.
  • Adds webhook event for when a new issue ignore/snooze request is accepted or denied.
  • Adds webhook event for when a Domain scan finishes.
  • Introduces Cloud Inventory (Cloud Asset Map): see every cloud resource laid out by region and VPCVPCA logically isolated virtual network inside a public cloud provider's infrastructure, letting tools deploy resources with private addressing, controlled routing, and firewall rules without managing physical hardware., with exposure findings and firewall rules accessible in one click.
+4 more show less
  • Enables creating fix pull requests directly from Deep Review: reply to a Deep Review comment requesting a fix and Aikido opens a new PR with the fix built on your current PR.
  • Launches Altar, Aikido's first open-weight security model built to run frontier-grade pentesting fully on-prem and air-gapped without sending data to third parties.
  • Adds Zen Firewall agent releases for Java, PHP, Golang, and Node.
  • Adds Firefox and Homebrew as new ecosystems in Device Protection.

10 more in Everything

Was this useful?

Semgrep

Sources Changelog →Release page → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog Rank Why this rank top features scored 45/45 — 45 How ranking works →

Get started with Semgrep to help you catch, flag, and fix real vulnerabilities before they ship.

Semgrep expanded Agentic Workflows with in-agent status reporting from Semgrep Guardian and added CSV export for Agentic Workflows issues.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 2 FEATURES 0 OF 2 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Guardian status reporting inside AI coding agents new 45

Semgrep Guardian now reports status directly inside AI coding agents, including setup confirmation, per-turn scan summaries, sign-in requirements, and server errors.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ A banner also appears when viewing older Agentic Workflows runs that links to the newest run of the same workflow on that branch.

— Describes behaviors but no concrete UI path or API changelog-20260923-0de72f2b
02 00
CSV export for Agentic Workflows issues new 45

Agentic Workflows issues can now be exported as CSV, available both from the Issues page and through the public API.

— Names export format and two access surfaces but no endpoint details snapshot-20260923
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog LatestStable

Semgrep: Semgrep Guardian now reports status inside AI coding agents, including setup confirmation, per-turn scan summaries, sign-in requirements, and server errors.

  • Adds a banner when viewing older Agentic Workflows runs that links to the newest run of the same workflow on that branch.

1 detail in Everything

updated · Sep 23, 2026 Notes Stable

Semgrep adds CSV export for Agentic Workflows issues via the Issues page and public API.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Was this useful?

GitHub

Sources Blog / feed → OpenTelemetry in the GitHub Copilot app (2026-09-23) Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 90/80/80, +15 breaking change, +10 product media, +6 runnable example — 114.33 How ranking works →

Join the world's most widely adopted, AI-powered developer platform where millions of developers, businesses, and the largest open source community build software that advances humanity.

GitHub shipped enterprise-grade OpenTelemetryOpenTelemetryAn open standard and set of tools for collecting traces, metrics and logs from applications. It lets services export observability data without tying instrumentation to one monitoring vendor. observability for the Copilot app, added Claude Opus 5.5 and the new GPT-6 Sol/Luna models to the Copilot model picker, rolled out a major JetBrains Copilot update (assisted tool approvals, Codex plan mode, MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. controls, re-editable messages, org skills), sped up C++ intelligence with whole-codebase indexing in Copilot CLI, and hardened SSH with post-quantum key exchangepost-quantum key exchangeA cryptographic handshake algorithm designed to resist attacks from quantum computers, using math problems like lattices that quantum algorithms cannot efficiently solve, letting tools stay secure against future quantum-capable adversaries. plus new RSARSAThe oldest widely used public-key algorithm, for both encryption and signatures, with security resting on factoring large numbers. A large quantum computer would break it. key-size enforcement and legacy algorithm deprecations.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 14 FEATURES 7 OF 14 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
OpenTelemetry support in the Copilot app new 90

Adds a telemetry property to managed-settings.json for enterprise-managed Copilot settings, enabling OTelOTelAn open standard and set of tools for collecting traces, metrics and logs from applications. It lets services export observability data without tying instrumentation to one monitoring vendor. export and specifying the receiving endpoint, with prompt/response content excluded by default.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ Supports sending Copilot agent activity data — including AI model requests, tool calls, and step-by-step execution traces — to any OpenTelemetry-compatible monitoring backend.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Enable OTel export for all developers in your enterprise so agent sessions flow into your existing monitoring stack without per-developer configuration.
json
{
  "telemetry": {
    "endpoint": "https://otel-collector.example.com"
  }
}
— Names exact config key, file, and includes a working config example. OpenTelemetry in the GitHub Copilot app (202…
02 01
New GPT-6 Sol and GPT-6 Luna models new 80

Adds GPT-6 Sol, a balanced model for interactive and agentic coding with multistep validation, available on Copilot Pro+, Max, Business, and Enterprise plans, and GPT-6 Luna, a lightweight, cost-efficient model for smaller and faster tasks — the lowest-cost option in the GPT-6 family — available on Copilot Pro, Pro+, Max, Business, and Enterprise plans.

Switch to GPT-6 Luna in Copilot CLI for fast, low-cost inline suggestions during a code review session.
📍In Copilot CLI, open the model picker and select GPT-6 Luna before running your query.
As a Copilot Business admin, restrict which GPT-6 models are available to your organisation before rollout completes.
📍In GitHub, go to your organisation's Copilot settings › model policy, then locate the GPT-6 model entries and disable any models you do not want enabled by default.
— Names both models, plan tiers, and selection/policy steps. OpenAI’s GPT-6 Sol and GPT-6 Luna now availa…
03 02
Minimum RSA SSH key size enforcement breaking 80

Enforces a minimum RSA SSH key size of 3072 bits for all new keys uploaded after October 14, 2026, for both signing and authentication; smaller keys will be rejected.

Generate a new Ed25519Ed25519A fast elliptic-curve signature scheme with small keys, the default for new SSH keys and common in code signing. It is not quantum-safe. key (recommended) or a compliant 3072-bit RSA key before the October 14 deadline to avoid connection failures.
$ ssh-keygen -t ed25519 -C "your_email@example.com"
# or, if RSA is required for compatibility:
ssh-keygen -t rsa -b 3072 -C "your_email@example.com"
— Exact deadline plus a runnable keygen command. Security improvements for SSH (2026-09-22)
04 03
Deprecated legacy SSH algorithms deprecated 75

The ssh-rsa signature type (RSA keys using SHA-1SHA-1A cryptographic hash function standardized by NIST that produces a 160-bit digest; tools use it for file integrity checks, though it is now considered cryptographically broken and unsuitable for collision-resistant applications., including ssh-rsa-cert-v01@openssh.com certificates) will be removed effective January 13, 2026, with brownouts on November 4 and December 9, 2026, and the diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256 key exchange algorithm will be removed on the same schedule; connections relying on either will fail.

— Exact algorithm names and removal timeline given. Security improvements for SSH (2026-09-22)
05 00
Whole codebase indexing for C++ in Copilot CLI new 70

GitHub Copilot CLI now builds a persistent symbol index across all project files for C++ to speed up code intelligence; use /lsp logs at any time to check indexing progress.

Check how far along the initial C++ index build is while working in a large repository.
$ /lsp logs
— Names an exact command to check progress. Faster C++ code intelligence with whole code…
06 04
Post-quantum SSH key exchange new 70

Adds mlkem768x25519-sha256 post-quantumpost-quantumCryptography designed to stay secure against a large quantum computer, which could break today's RSA and elliptic-curve keys. NIST standardized the first algorithms in 2024 as ML-KEM, ML-DSA and SLH-DSA. key exchange for SSH sessions on github.com and GitHub Enterprise Cloud with Data Residency (excluding the U.S. region), with GitHub Enterprise Server support arriving in version 3.24.

— Names exact algorithm and platform scope, no user action needed. Security improvements for SSH (2026-09-22)
07 05
Plan mode for the Codex agent new 65

Adds plan mode to the Codex agent, letting you review, refine, or approve a plan before the agent begins making changes.

Use Codex plan mode to review and shape an agent's approach before it touches any files — useful for high-impact refactors or unfamiliar codebases.
📍In the Copilot tool window, open a Codex agent session, describe your task, and select Plan mode. Review the generated plan, refine the steps, then approve it to let the agent begin implementation.
— Exact UI steps given for invoking plan mode. New features and improvements in Copilot for…
08 06
Claude Opus 5.5 available in Copilot new 65

Claude Opus 5.5 is now available in the Copilot model picker across Visual Studio Code, Visual Studio, Copilot CLI, GitHub Copilot coding agent, GitHub Copilot app, github.com, GitHub Mobile (iOS and Android), JetBrains IDEs, Xcode, and Eclipse, aimed at agentic coding and long-running tasks with efficient multistep error recovery.

Select Claude Opus 5.5 in your IDE to handle long-running agentic coding tasks that benefit from efficient multistep error recovery.
📍In the Copilot model picker (Visual Studio Code, JetBrains, Xcode, Eclipse, or github.com), select Claude Opus 5.5 from the model list.
— Lists all supported clients and exact selection steps. Claude Opus 5.5 is now available in GitHub C…
09 00
MCP server controls in Copilot for JetBrains new 60

Adds a setting to toggle the built-in GitHub MCP ServerMCP ServerA process that exposes tools, resources, and prompts over Anthropic's Model Context Protocol, letting an AI agent call external APIs or local services through a standardised interface. on or off independently of manually configured MCP servers (enabled by default), plus persistent per-tool controls for MCP servers in Copilot agent sessions, letting you enable or disable individual tools without affecting others.

Disable the built-in GitHub MCP Server to avoid conflicts with a custom MCP configuration while keeping your other manually configured MCP servers active.
📍In the Copilot tool window, open MCP tool settings, locate the labeled 'built-in GitHub MCP Server' entry, and toggle it off. Manually configured MCP servers remain unaffected.
— UI toggle steps given but no config/flag name. New features and improvements in Copilot for…
thinner coverage below
10 07
AI-assisted tool approvals in Copilot agent sessions new 50

Introduces AI-assisted tool approvals (assisted approvals) in public preview for Copilot agent sessions, automatically approving low-risk tool calls while still prompting for higher-risk actions.

— Explains behavior but gives no usage steps. New features and improvements in Copilot for…
11 00
Re-editable agent messages new 45

Enables re-editing of previous user messages in a Copilot agent session, rewinding both the conversation and file changes before the replacement message is sent.

— Mechanism described but no navigation path given. New features and improvements in Copilot for…
12 00
Session browsing and chat UI improvements in JetBrains improved 40

Adds a side-by-side chat panel switcher in the session toolbar, letting you keep a chat open in the editor while browsing sessions in the tool window, and adds browsable usage tips above the chat input with shortcuts to commands, customizations, and settings.

— UI additions named but no exact navigation steps. New features and improvements in Copilot for…
13 00
Organization and enterprise skills in Copilot sessions new 30

Extends local and Copilot agent sessions to support organization and enterprise skills and organization-managed custom instructions.

— Brief description with no config or steps given. New features and improvements in Copilot for…
14 00
Inline chat hidden in remote JetBrains environments breaking 25

Inline chat and its entry points are now hidden in JetBrains Gateway and remote development environments.

— States the change but offers no workaround. New features and improvements in Copilot for…
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !
    Inline chat and its entry points are now hidden in JetBrains Gateway and remote development environments.
  • !
    The ssh-rsa signature type (RSA keys using SHA-1, including ssh-rsa-cert-v01@openssh.com certificates) will be removed effective January 13, 2026 (brownouts November 4 and December 9, 2026); connections using it will fail.
  • !
    The diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256 key exchange algorithm will be removed on the same schedule; SSH clients relying on it will be unable to connect.
  • !
    New RSA SSH keys uploaded after October 14, 2026 must be at least 3072 bits; smaller keys will be rejected.
OpenTelemetry in the GitHub Copilot app (2026-09-23) Blog LatestStable

GitHub Copilot app gains OpenTelemetryOpenTelemetryAn open standard and set of tools for collecting traces, metrics and logs from applications. It lets services export observability data without tying instrumentation to one monitoring vendor. support via enterprise managed-settings.json, enabling centralized agent observability.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ USE IT
Enable OTelOTelAn open standard and set of tools for collecting traces, metrics and logs from applications. It lets services export observability data without tying instrumentation to one monitoring vendor. export for all developers in your enterprise so agent sessions flow into your existing monitoring stack without per-developer configuration.
managed-settings.json
{
  "telemetry": {
    "endpoint": "https://otel-collector.example.com"
  }
}
  • Adds a telemetry property to managed-settings.json for enterprise-managed Copilot settings to enable OTel export and specify the receiving endpoint, with prompt/response content excluded by default.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Supports sending Copilot agent activity data — including AI model requests, tool calls, and step-by-step execution traces — to any OpenTelemetry-compatible monitoring backend.

2 details in Everything

New features and improvements in Copilot for JetBrains (2026-09-23) Blog Stable

GitHub Copilot for JetBrains 1.18.0 adds AI-assisted tool approvals, re-editable agent messages, org-shared skills, and Codex plan mode.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Use Codex plan mode to review and shape an agent's approach before it touches any files — useful for high-impact refactors or unfamiliar codebases.
📍In the Copilot tool window, open a Codex agent session, describe your task, and select Plan mode. Review the generated plan, refine the steps, then approve it to let the agent begin implementation.
Disable the built-in GitHub MCP ServerMCP ServerA process that exposes tools, resources, and prompts over Anthropic's Model Context Protocol, letting an AI agent call external APIs or local services through a standardised interface. to avoid conflicts with a custom MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. configuration while keeping your other manually configured MCP servers active.
📍In the Copilot tool window, open MCP tool settings, locate the labeled 'built-in GitHub MCP Server' entry, and toggle it off. Manually configured MCP servers remain unaffected.
  • Adds a setting to toggle the built-in GitHub MCP Server on or off independently of manually configured MCP servers, which remains enabled by default.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds persistent per-tool controls for MCP servers in Copilot agent sessions, letting you enable or disable individual tools without affecting others.
  • Introduces AI-assisted tool approvals (assisted approvals) in public preview for Copilot agent sessions, automatically approving low-risk tool calls while still prompting for higher-risk actions.
  • Enables re-editing of previous user messages in a Copilot agent session, rewinding both the conversation and file changes before the replacement message is sent.
  • Adds plan mode to the Codex agent, letting you review, refine, or approve a plan before the agent begins making changes.
+3 more show less
  • Extends local and Copilot agent sessions to support organization and enterprise skills and organization-managed custom instructions.
  • Adds a side-by-side chat panel switcher in the session toolbar, letting you keep a chat open in the editor while browsing sessions in the tool window.
  • Adds browsable usage tips above the chat input with shortcuts to commands, customizations, and settings.
  • Adds a setting to toggle the built-in GitHub MCP Server on or off independently of manually configured MCP servers, which remains enabled by default.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds persistent per-tool controls for MCP servers in Copilot agent sessions, letting you enable or disable individual tools without affecting others.
  • Introduces AI-assisted tool approvals (assisted approvals) in public preview for Copilot agent sessions, automatically approving low-risk tool calls while still prompting for higher-risk actions.
  • Enables re-editing of previous user messages in a Copilot agent session, rewinding both the conversation and file changes before the replacement message is sent.
  • Adds plan mode to the Codex agent, letting you review, refine, or approve a plan before the agent begins making changes.
+1 more show less
  • Adds a side-by-side chat panel switcher in the session toolbar, letting you keep a chat open in the editor while browsing sessions in the tool window.

2 more in Everything

└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !Inline chat and its entry points are now hidden in JetBrains Gateway and remote development environments.
Faster C++ code intelligence with whole codebase indexing (2026-09-22) Blog Stable

GitHub Copilot CLI gains whole codebase indexing for C++, building a persistent symbol index across all project files.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ TRY IT
Check how far along the initial C++ index build is while working in a large repository.
$ /lsp logs
  • Adds the /lsp logs command to check C++ whole codebase indexing progress at any time.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

1 detail in Everything

Claude Opus 5.5 is now available in GitHub Copilot (2026-09-22) Blog Stable

Claude Opus 5.5 is now available in GitHub Copilot for agentic coding and long-running tasks across all major IDEs and clients.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Select Claude Opus 5.5 in your IDE to handle long-running agentic coding tasks that benefit from efficient multistep error recovery.
📍In the Copilot model picker (Visual Studio Code, JetBrains, Xcode, Eclipse, or github.com), select Claude Opus 5.5 from the model list.
  • Adds Claude Opus 5.5 to the Copilot model picker in Visual Studio Code, Visual Studio, Copilot CLI, GitHub Copilot coding agent, GitHub Copilot app, github.com, GitHub Mobile (iOS and Android), JetBrains IDEs, Xcode, and Eclipse.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

1 detail in Everything

OpenAI’s GPT-6 Sol and GPT-6 Luna now available (2026-09-22) Blog Stable

GitHub Copilot adds GPT-6 Sol and GPT-6 Luna as selectable models across VS Code, CLI, mobile, and IDEs.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Switch to GPT-6 Luna in Copilot CLI for fast, low-cost inline suggestions during a code review session.
📍In Copilot CLI, open the model picker and select GPT-6 Luna before running your query.
As a Copilot Business admin, restrict which GPT-6 models are available to your organisation before rollout completes.
📍In GitHub, go to your organisation's Copilot settings › model policy, then locate the GPT-6 model entries and disable any models you do not want enabled by default.
  • Adds GPT-6 Sol to GitHub Copilot as a balanced model for interactive and agentic coding with multistep validation, available on Copilot Pro+, Max, Business, and Enterprise plans.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds GPT-6 Luna to GitHub Copilot as a lightweight, cost-efficient model for smaller and faster tasks — the lowest-cost option in the GPT-6 family — available on Copilot Pro, Pro+, Max, Business, and Enterprise plans.

2 details in Everything

Security improvements for SSH (2026-09-22) Blog Stable

GitHub SSH gains post-quantumpost-quantumCryptography designed to stay secure against a large quantum computer, which could break today's RSA and elliptic-curve keys. NIST standardized the first algorithms in 2024 as ML-KEM, ML-DSA and SLH-DSA. mlkem768x25519-sha256 key exchange and enforces 3072-bit minimum RSARSAThe oldest widely used public-key algorithm, for both encryption and signatures, with security resting on factoring large numbers. A large quantum computer would break it. key sizes.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ TRY IT
Generate a new Ed25519Ed25519A fast elliptic-curve signature scheme with small keys, the default for new SSH keys and common in code signing. It is not quantum-safe. key (recommended) or a compliant 3072-bit RSA key before the October 14 deadline to avoid connection failures.
$ ssh-keygen -t ed25519 -C "your_email@example.com"
# or, if RSA is required for compatibility:
ssh-keygen -t rsa -b 3072 -C "your_email@example.com"
  • Adds mlkem768x25519-sha256 post-quantum key exchangepost-quantum key exchangeA cryptographic handshake algorithm designed to resist attacks from quantum computers, using math problems like lattices that quantum algorithms cannot efficiently solve, letting tools stay secure against future quantum-capable adversaries. for SSH sessions on github.com and GitHub Enterprise Cloud with Data Residency (excluding the U.S.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ region), with GitHub Enterprise Server support in version 3.24.
  • Enforces a minimum RSA SSH key size of 3072 bits for all new keys uploaded after October 14, 2026, for both signing and authentication.
  • Adds mlkem768x25519-sha256 post-quantum key exchangepost-quantum key exchangeA cryptographic handshake algorithm designed to resist attacks from quantum computers, using math problems like lattices that quantum algorithms cannot efficiently solve, letting tools stay secure against future quantum-capable adversaries. for SSH sessions on github.com and GitHub Enterprise Cloud with Data Residency (excluding the U.S.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ region), with GitHub Enterprise Server support in version 3.24.

1 more in Everything

└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !The ssh-rsa signature type (RSA keys using SHA-1SHA-1A cryptographic hash function standardized by NIST that produces a 160-bit digest; tools use it for file integrity checks, though it is now considered cryptographically broken and unsuitable for collision-resistant applications., including ssh-rsa-cert-v01@openssh.com certificates) will be removed effective January 13, 2026 (brownouts November 4 and December 9, 2026); connections using it will fail.
  • !The diffie-hellman-group-exchange-sha256 key exchange algorithm will be removed on the same schedule; SSH clients relying on it will be unable to connect.
  • !New RSA SSH keys uploaded after October 14, 2026 must be at least 3072 bits; smaller keys will be rejected.
Was this useful?

StepSecurity

Sources Blog / feed → ARC Harden Runner v2.20.0 (2026-09-23) Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 93/67/40, +10 product media, +6 runnable example — 82.67 How ranking works →

StepSecurity's ARC Harden Runner v2.20.0 lets the Helm-deployed daemonset pull its API key straight from AWS Secrets Manager via IRSAIRSAAn AWS mechanism that lets a Kubernetes pod assume an IAM role via a service account, so tools running in EKS can call AWS APIs without embedding long-lived credentials., alongside new options for injecting custom environment variables and configuring the TetragonTetragonAn open-source runtime security and observability tool from Isovalent that uses eBPF to enforce policies and trace system calls, network activity, and process behavior directly in the Linux kernel. sidecar's security context.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

StepSecurity hardens CI/CD pipelines by detecting and preventing supply chain attacks through runtime security monitoring and vulnerability detection.

StepSecurity's ARC Harden Runner v2.20.0 lets the Helm-deployed daemonset pull its API key straight from AWS Secrets Manager via IRSAIRSAAn AWS mechanism that lets a Kubernetes pod assume an IAM role via a service account, so tools running in EKS can call AWS APIs without embedding long-lived credentials., alongside new options for injecting custom environment variables and configuring the TetragonTetragonAn open-source runtime security and observability tool from Isovalent that uses eBPF to enforce policies and trace system calls, network activity, and process behavior directly in the Linux kernel. sidecar's security context.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 3 FEATURES 0 OF 3 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Keyless API key fetch from AWS Secrets Manager via IRSA new 93

New keyless.enabled, keyless.region, keyless.secretName, and keyless.refreshIntervalHours Helm values let the Harden Runner daemonset fetch its StepSecurity API key from AWS Secrets Manager using the pod's IAMIAMIdentity and Access Management — a framework of policies and services for controlling who can authenticate to systems and what resources they are authorized to use, letting cyber tools enforce least-privilege and audit access. role (IRSA) instead of a static Helm value, refreshing on a configurable schedule (default 3 hours).⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ The secret must be a JSON object containing an api_key field, and the IAM role requires the secretsmanager:GetSecretValue permission.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Eliminate the static API key from Helm values by having the daemonset pull it from AWS Secrets Manager via the pod's IAM role — useful in environments where secrets in Helm values are a compliance risk.
yaml
serviceAccount:
  annotations:
    eks.amazonaws.com/role-arn: arn:aws:iam::<account-id>:role/<irsa-role>
env:
  customer: "<your-org>"
  keyless:
    enabled: "true"
    region: "us-east-1"
    secretName: "stepsecurity/orgs/<github-org>/arc-api-key"
    refreshIntervalHours: "3"
— Full mechanism, exact Helm keys, IAM permission, and runnable config example. ARC Harden Runner v2.20.0 (2026-09-23)
02 00
Custom environment variables for Harden Runner container new 67

New env.customEnvVars Helm value injects arbitrary environment variables (e.g. HTTP_PROXY, HTTPS_PROXY, NO_PROXY) into the harden-runner container, enabling deployments behind a proxy.

Route all Harden Runner agent traffic through a corporate HTTP proxy in air-gapped or proxied EKSEKSAmazon's managed Kubernetes service, run by AWS, that handles control-plane provisioning so teams can deploy containerized workloads without operating the underlying cluster infrastructure themselves. clusters.
yaml
env:
  customEnvVars:
    - name: HTTP_PROXY
      value: "http://proxy.corp.example.com:3128"
    - name: HTTPS_PROXY
      value: "http://proxy.corp.example.com:3128"
    - name: NO_PROXY
      value: "169.254.169.254,10.0.0.0/8"
— Names exact Helm key and a runnable proxy config example. ARC Harden Runner v2.20.0 (2026-09-23)
thinner coverage below
03 00
Configurable Tetragon sidecar security context new 40

New tetragon.containerSecurityContext Helm value allows configuring the security context of the Tetragon sidecar container.

— Names the config key but gives no example or detail on use. ARC Harden Runner v2.20.0 (2026-09-23)
ARC Harden Runner v2.20.0 (2026-09-23) Blog LatestStable

ARC Harden Runner v2.20.0 adds keyless AWS Secrets Manager API key fetch via IRSAIRSAAn AWS mechanism that lets a Kubernetes pod assume an IAM role via a service account, so tools running in EKS can call AWS APIs without embedding long-lived credentials., custom agent env vars, and configurable TetragonTetragonAn open-source runtime security and observability tool from Isovalent that uses eBPF to enforce policies and trace system calls, network activity, and process behavior directly in the Linux kernel. security context.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ USE IT
Eliminate the static API key from Helm values by having the daemonset pull it from AWS Secrets Manager via the pod's IAMIAMIdentity and Access Management — a framework of policies and services for controlling who can authenticate to systems and what resources they are authorized to use, letting cyber tools enforce least-privilege and audit access. role — useful in environments where secrets in Helm values are a compliance risk.
values.yaml
serviceAccount:
  annotations:
    eks.amazonaws.com/role-arn: arn:aws:iam::<account-id>:role/<irsa-role>
env:
  customer: "<your-org>"
  keyless:
    enabled: "true"
    region: "us-east-1"
    secretName: "stepsecurity/orgs/<github-org>/arc-api-key"
    refreshIntervalHours: "3"
Route all Harden Runner agent traffic through a corporate HTTP proxy in air-gapped or proxied EKSEKSAmazon's managed Kubernetes service, run by AWS, that handles control-plane provisioning so teams can deploy containerized workloads without operating the underlying cluster infrastructure themselves. clusters.
values.yaml
env:
  customEnvVars:
    - name: HTTP_PROXY
      value: "http://proxy.corp.example.com:3128"
    - name: HTTPS_PROXY
      value: "http://proxy.corp.example.com:3128"
    - name: NO_PROXY
      value: "169.254.169.254,10.0.0.0/8"
  • Adds keyless.enabled, keyless.region, keyless.secretName, and keyless.refreshIntervalHours Helm values to let the Harden Runner daemonset fetch its StepSecurity API key from AWS Secrets Manager via IRSA (pod IAM role) instead of a static Helm value, refreshing on a configurable schedule (default 3 hours); the secret must be a JSON object with an api_key field and the IAM role requires secretsmanager:GetSecretValue.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds env.customEnvVars Helm value to inject arbitrary environment variables (e.g. HTTP_PROXY, HTTPS_PROXY, NO_PROXY) into the harden-runner container for proxied cluster deployments.
  • Adds tetragon.containerSecurityContext Helm value to configure the Tetragon sidecar's security context.

3 details in Everything

Was this useful?

SonarSource SonarQube

Sources Blog post → announced · Sep 22, 2026 Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 95, +6 runnable example — 101 How ranking works →

SonarQube Cloud adds first-class Rust support in this window, bringing curated ClippyClippyMicrosoft's retired Office assistant, an animated paperclip that offered context-sensitive help; tools invoke the name to signal an AI assistant or suggestion feature built into their interface.-based rules, complexity metrics, coverage import, duplicate detection, and quality gate enforcement into the same multi-language project view as C/C++, Java, and JavaScript.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

SonarQube is the independent AI code verification platform trusted by 7M+ developers & organizations to help build secure, reliable software with confidence.

SonarQube Cloud adds first-class Rust support in this window, bringing curated ClippyClippyMicrosoft's retired Office assistant, an animated paperclip that offered context-sensitive help; tools invoke the name to signal an AI assistant or suggestion feature built into their interface.-based rules, complexity metrics, coverage import, duplicate detection, and quality gate enforcement into the same multi-language project view as C/C++, Java, and JavaScript.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 1 FEATURE 1 OF 1 FEATURE most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 01
Rust language support in SonarQube Cloud new 95

SonarQube Cloud now analyzes Rust as a first-class language: it enforces 122 curated Clippy rules through quality profiles across all projects, and adds library- and framework-aware rules covering tokio async handling, serde serialization, and actix-web misuses beyond what Clippy detects.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ It calculates Cognitive Complexity and Cyclomatic Complexity for Rust code, runs duplicate code detection (CPD) across the codebase, and imports Rust coverage data in LCOVLCOVAn open-source front end to GCC's gcov coverage tool that collects line and branch hit counts from instrumented C/C++ code and renders them as HTML reports, giving cyber tools a standard way to measure test coverage. or Cobertura format, correlating it with analysis results in the issue view.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ Rust projects appear inside the same multi-language project view as C/C++, Java, and JavaScript with no separate dashboard, and support quality gate enforcement with pass/fail thresholds scoped to new code for CI blocking. The Rust analyzer exposes sonar.rust.cargo.manifestPaths to point at non-default Cargo.toml locations, and sonar.rust.clippy.enabled (set to false to import an external Clippy JSON report instead of letting SonarQube run cargo clippy automatically).

Analyze a Rust workspace where Cargo.toml is not at the repo root — point the scanner at the correct manifest path.
$ sonar-scanner -Dsonar.rust.cargo.manifestPaths=services/myservice/Cargo.toml
Use a pre-generated Clippy JSON report (e.g. from a prior CI step) instead of letting SonarQube run cargo clippy itself.
$ sonar-scanner -Dsonar.rust.clippy.enabled=false
— Names rule count, formats, both config keys, with runnable scanner commands. launch-20260922-39805485
announced · Sep 22, 2026 Blog

SonarQube Cloud adds first-class Rust support: 122 Clippy rules, complexity metrics, coverage import, and quality gates.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ TRY IT
Analyze a Rust workspace where Cargo.toml is not at the repo root — point the scanner at the correct manifest path.
$ sonar-scanner -Dsonar.rust.cargo.manifestPaths=services/myservice/Cargo.toml
Use a pre-generated Clippy JSON report (e.g. from a prior CI step) instead of letting SonarQube run cargo clippy itself.
$ sonar-scanner -Dsonar.rust.clippy.enabled=false
  • Adds sonar.rust.cargo.manifestPaths config property to point the Rust analyzer at non-default Cargo.toml locations.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds sonar.rust.clippy.enabled config property (set to false to import an external Clippy JSON report instead of running cargo clippy automatically).
  • Supports Rust as a first-class language in SonarQube Cloud, with 122 curated Clippy rules enforced through quality profiles across all projects.
  • Adds library- and framework-aware Rust rules covering tokio async handling, serde serialization, and actix-web misuses — beyond what Clippy detects.
  • Adds Cognitive Complexity and Cyclomatic Complexity metric calculation for Rust code.
+4 more show less
  • Imports Rust coverage data in LCOVLCOVAn open-source front end to GCC's gcov coverage tool that collects line and branch hit counts from instrumented C/C++ code and renders them as HTML reports, giving cyber tools a standard way to measure test coverage. or Cobertura format and correlates it with analysis results in the issue view.
  • Adds duplicate code detection (CPD) for Rust, catching copy-pasted logic across the codebase.
  • Analyzes Rust inside the same multi-language project view as C/C++, Java, and JavaScript, with no separate dashboard required.
  • Supports quality gate enforcement for Rust, including pass/fail thresholds scoped to new code for CI blocking.

9 details in Everything

Was this useful?

tirith

Sources Release notes → v0.4.0 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 93/83/83, +15 breaking change, +6 runnable example — 107.33 How ranking works →

Terminal security for developers and AI agents. Intercepts homograph URLs, pipe-to-shell, ANSI injection, obfuscated payloads, data exfiltration, and malicious AI skills/configs before they execute.

Tirith 0.4.0 ships a full Python package firewall (tirith package inspect, pkg approve/install, pkg attest-npm, and related subcommands), a fail-closed tirith capsule run --preset untrusted-project sandbox, Web3Web3A loosely defined model for a decentralized internet built on public blockchains, where applications run via smart contracts rather than centralized servers, giving cyber tools trustless, permissionless data and transaction layers. command gating via web3_guard, a browser extension integrity auditor, a signed threat-intelligence v2 database, expanded MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. hardening, and AI-agent host support across 19 hosts.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 20 FEATURES 2 OF 20 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Capsule run for untrusted project execution new 93

tirith capsule run --preset untrusted-project copies an untrusted project into a held ephemeral directory and executes an exact argv under fail-closed containment on x86_64 Linux with a usable Landlock ABI; all other platforms refuse before copy or spawn.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Run an untrusted open-source project's build script in a fail-closed OS capsule on x86_64 Linux, producing a signed receipt, without risking your host.
$ tirith capsule run --preset untrusted-project --project ./untrusted-repo -- python build.py
— Full command, platform scope, and a runnable usage example provided. v0.4.0
02 00
Package inspect command for wheels and environments new 83

tirith package inspect analyzes wheel files, sets of wheels, or installed environments without downloading them, using a bounded streaming wheel reader that rejects path traversal, entry collisions, encrypted entries, conflicting metadata, CRC failures, decompression abuse, and ambiguous identities.

— Names the command and specific rejection mechanisms but gives no example run. v0.4.0
03 01
MCP configuration locking breaking 83

MCP configuration locking binds source path, server identity, transport, descriptor set, declared tools, and code/config drift without persisting raw environment values or URL credentials. Existing MCP privacy lockfiles require an explicit re-lock when the documented schema migration says so, and generated wrappers must be regenerated via tirith setup <tool> --update-configs so they contain the current validated absolute interpreter and Tirith paths.

— Names bound fields and the exact migration command to re-lock configs. v0.4.0
04 00
AI-agent host integrations expanded to 19 hosts new 80

tirith setup now supports 19 named AI-agent hosts, adding Grok Build, OMP, OpenCode, Vercel Labs fx, Prime Agent, Cline, Roo Code, Continue, and OpenHands alongside previously supported hosts. Blocking pre-execution hooks are added for Prime Agent, OMP, Cline, and OpenHands where the host exposes one; Cline receives the platform-native PreToolUse wrapper on POSIXPOSIXA family of standards for operating-system interfaces, including process, file and shell behavior. Software that uses these interfaces is easier to move between compatible systems. and PreToolUse.ps1 on Windows.

— Names all nine new hosts and hook file names, no exact setup command shown. v0.4.0
05 00
Threat intelligence v2 database improved 78

Threat intelligence is upgraded to a signed v2 database that adds artifact SHA-256SHA-256A cryptographic hash function that turns data into a fixed 256-bit fingerprint. It is used to check integrity; hashing does not encrypt the original data., installed-file hash, malicious-URL, campaign, and behavior-tag indices to package, domain, and IP reputation, with monotonic sequence checks to prevent rollback. An old client must not be pointed directly at a v2 ThreatDB data file; ThreatDB v1 remains available during the v2 cutover.

— Full mechanism and compatibility note, but no command to invoke. v0.4.0
06 00
pkg approve and install workflow new 73

tirith pkg approve and tirith pkg install bind resolution, exact artifact hashes, inspection results, approval state, contained execution, environment verification, and a tamper-evident receipt into one workflow.

— Lists what the workflow binds but gives no example or flag detail. v0.4.0
07 00
Deeper wheel and environment analysis: native triage, RECORD verification, startup chains new 73

Package inspection gains ELFELFThe standard binary format for executables, shared libraries, and object files on Linux and most Unix-like systems, giving cyber tools a predictable structure to parse, instrument, or analyze compiled code., Mach-O, and PE triage to find native extensions in Python wheels and correlate native imports, runtime launches, loaders, and payloads across distribution boundaries; Wheel RECORD and installed-environment RECORD verification to detect missing, modified, unowned, or multiply owned files; and modeling of Python startup execution through .pth, .start, sitecustomize, and usercustomize as an execution chain rather than ordinary data.

— Names three analysis techniques and their targeted files, no direct command example. v0.4.0
08 00
Task check for untrusted task envelopes new 73

tirith task check and the preview-gated tirith_check_task MCP tool (requires TIRITH_MCP_PREVIEW=1) diagnostically assess untrusted task envelopes without executing anything.

— Names command, MCP tool, and required env var but no example run. v0.4.0
09 00
Browser extension integrity audit new 73

tirith browser audit performs a one-shot, read-only integrity audit of Chrome, Chromium, Brave, and Edge extension source trees with signed baselines and typed drift.

— Names command and browsers covered, no example given. v0.4.0
10 00
web3_guard policy section for chain operations new 73

The web3_guard policy section classifies network and signer policy, covering state changes, signer risk, and network-policy violations for Cast, Forge, Hardhat, Solana, and Anchor operations, without reading chain state or simulating a transaction.

— Names policy section and tool coverage but no config example. v0.4.0
11 00
pkg attest-npm for npm provenance binding new 65

tirith pkg attest-npm binds npm's own signature/provenanceprovenanceEvidence recording where a software artifact came from and how it was built, including its source and build process. It helps a consumer check that the artifact matches a trusted build. report to the exact lockfile and installed inventory.

— Names command and binding target, no example given. v0.4.0
12 00
MCP tool and resource output sanitization new 64

MCP tool and resource output sanitization is on by default, using bounded structured traversal, leaf preservation, cross-leaf detection, strict blob decoding, MIME checks, URI rules, and explicit incomplete-analysis failures.

— Lists mechanism components but no way to configure or invoke it. v0.4.0
13 00
CI-focused GitHub Actions security scanning new 64

CI-focused directory scans correlate fork-reachable artifact producers with privileged workflow_run consumers and execution, PATH, publish, or deployment sinks. Structural GitHub ActionsGitHub ActionsGitHub's built-in CI/CD system that runs automated workflows triggered by repository events, letting cyber tools automate testing, building, and releasing without managing separate pipeline infrastructure. rules cover mutable action references, privileged trigger hazards, and expression-to-shell injection.

— Names hazard categories and trigger type, no scan command shown. v0.4.0
14 00
Byte-classified file analysis new 63

Files are classified by magic bytes read through a retained no-follow handle rather than by name or suffix, with explicit routing for misnamed, extensionless, malformed, polyglot, archive, native, and unknown binary content.

— Explains mechanism and routing categories, no direct command. v0.4.0
15 00
Expanded malicious pattern detections new 63

Detections now include reverse-shell and suspicious inline-interpreter command shapes, OpenAI/Hugging Face/PyPI/PGP credential patterns, hidden PDF instructions, and wallet and sensitive-asset exfiltration through promoted operands (xargs, find -exec, parallel), compressors, encoders, and staged encryption output.

— Names many concrete patterns but no scan invocation shown. v0.4.0
16 00
Prime Agent IPython guard new 62

A Prime Agent IPython guard extracts shell escapes, shell magics, and common Python process-spawn forms before delegating to the Tirith engine; unrecognised execution forms fail closed by default.

— Describes mechanism and fail-closed default, no example run. v0.4.0
17 00
Command-card schema 2 for Web3 operations new 60

Command-card schema 2 binds ordered Web3 operations, network identity, signer kind, artifact hashes, and policy identity while keeping schema-1 signing bytes compatible.

— Names schema fields but no usage path. v0.4.0
18 02
Checkpoint state migration to per-user storage breaking 60

Checkpoints created by older builds under /tmp/tirith/checkpoints are not migrated automatically — inspect and remove that directory manually; 0.4.0 uses private per-user state.

— Gives exact path and required manual migration action. v0.4.0
thinner coverage below
19 00
pkg graph, diff, attest, verify-env, and receipt subcommands new 55

tirith pkg graph, diff, attest, verify-env, and receipt expose ownership, execution, release-delta, provenance, integrity, and evidence workflows for packages.

— Names five subcommands but no mechanism per command. v0.4.0
20 00
Global finding and output budgets new 40

Global finding and output budgets preserve Critical, High, and analysis_incomplete evidence ahead of lower-value output.

— States the priority rule only, no configuration detail. v0.4.0
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !
    Checkpoints created by older builds under /tmp/tirith/checkpoints are not migrated automatically — inspect and remove that directory manually; 0.4.0 uses private per-user state.
  • !
    Existing MCP privacy lockfiles require an explicit re-lock when the documented schema migration says so; generated wrappers must be regenerated via tirith setup <tool> --update-configs so they contain the current validated absolute interpreter and Tirith paths.
  • !
    An old client must not be pointed directly at a v2 ThreatDB data file; ThreatDB v1 remains available during the v2 cutover.
v0.4.0 Notes LatestStable

Tirith 0.4.0 adds a Python package firewall, Web3Web3A loosely defined model for a decentralized internet built on public blockchains, where applications run via smart contracts rather than centralized servers, giving cyber tools trustless, permissionless data and transaction layers. command gating, browser extension auditing, threat intelligence v2, and 9 new AI-agent host integrations.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v0.4.0 https://github.com/sheeki03/tirith.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v0.4.0
└──▷ TRY IT
Run an untrusted open-source project's build script in a fail-closed OS capsule on x86_64 Linux, producing a signed receipt, without risking your host.
$ tirith capsule run --preset untrusted-project --project ./untrusted-repo -- python build.py
  • Adds tirith package inspect to analyze wheel files, sets of wheels, or installed environments without downloading them, using a bounded streaming wheel reader that rejects traversal, collisions, encrypted entries, conflicting metadata, CRC failures, decompression abuse, and ambiguous identities.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds tirith pkg approve and tirith pkg install to bind resolution, exact artifact hashes, inspection results, approval state, contained execution, environment verification, and a tamper-evident receipt.
  • Adds tirith pkg graph, diff, attest, attest-npm, verify-env, and receipt subcommands exposing ownership, execution, release-delta, provenanceprovenanceEvidence recording where a software artifact came from and how it was built, including its source and build process. It helps a consumer check that the artifact matches a trusted build., integrity, and evidence workflows.
  • Adds tirith pkg attest-npm to bind npm's own signature/provenance report to the exact lockfile and installed inventory.
  • Adds tirith capsule run --preset untrusted-project to copy an untrusted project into a held ephemeral directory and execute an exact argv under fail-closed containment on x86_64 Linux with a usable Landlock ABI; all other platforms refuse before copy or spawn.
+18 more show less
  • Adds tirith task check and the preview-gated tirith_check_task MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. tool (requires TIRITH_MCP_PREVIEW=1) to diagnostically assess untrusted task envelopes without executing anything.
  • Adds tirith browser audit for a one-shot, read-only integrity audit of Chrome, Chromium, Brave, and Edge extension source trees with signed baselines and typed drift.
  • Adds web3_guard policy section to classify network and signer policy, covering state changes, signer risk, and network-policy violations for Cast, Forge, Hardhat, Solana, and Anchor operations without reading chain state or simulating a transaction.
  • Adds command-card schema 2 to bind ordered Web3 operations, network identity, signer kind, artifact hashes, and policy identity while keeping schema-1 signing bytes compatible.
  • Upgrades threat intelligence to a signed v2 database that adds artifact SHA-256SHA-256A cryptographic hash function that turns data into a fixed 256-bit fingerprint. It is used to check integrity; hashing does not encrypt the original data., installed-file hash, malicious-URL, campaign, and behavior-tag indices to package, domain, and IP reputation, with monotonic sequence checks to prevent rollback.
  • Expands tirith setup to support 19 named AI-agent hosts, adding Grok Build, OMP, OpenCode, Vercel Labs fx, Prime Agent, Cline, Roo Code, Continue, and OpenHands alongside previously supported hosts.
  • Adds blocking pre-execution hooks for Prime Agent, OMP, Cline, and OpenHands where the host exposes one; Cline receives the platform-native PreToolUse wrapper on POSIXPOSIXA family of standards for operating-system interfaces, including process, file and shell behavior. Software that uses these interfaces is easier to move between compatible systems. and PreToolUse.ps1 on Windows.
  • Adds Prime Agent IPython guard that extracts shell escapes, shell magics, and common Python process-spawn forms before delegating to the Tirith engine; unrecognised execution forms fail closed by default.
  • Adds MCP configuration locking that binds source path, server identity, transport, descriptor set, declared tools, and code/config drift without persisting raw environment values or URL credentials.
  • Adds MCP tool and resource output sanitization by default using bounded structured traversal, leaf preservation, cross-leaf detection, strict blob decoding, MIME checks, URI rules, and explicit incomplete-analysis failures.
  • Adds byte-classified file analysis that classifies files by magic bytes read through a retained no-follow handle rather than by name or suffix, with explicit routing for misnamed, extensionless, malformed, polyglot, archive, native, and unknown binary content.
  • Adds global finding and output budgets that preserve Critical, High, and analysis_incomplete evidence ahead of lower-value output.
  • Adds CI-focused directory scans that correlate fork-reachable artifact producers with privileged workflow_run consumers and execution, PATH, publish, or deployment sinks.
  • Adds structural GitHub ActionsGitHub ActionsGitHub's built-in CI/CD system that runs automated workflows triggered by repository events, letting cyber tools automate testing, building, and releasing without managing separate pipeline infrastructure. rules covering mutable action references, privileged trigger hazards, and expression-to-shell injection.
  • Expands detections to include reverse-shell and suspicious inline-interpreter command shapes, OpenAI/Hugging Face/PyPI/PGP credential patterns, hidden PDF instructions, wallet and sensitive-asset exfiltration through promoted operands (xargs, find -exec, parallel), compressors, encoders, and staged encryption output.
  • Adds ELFELFThe standard binary format for executables, shared libraries, and object files on Linux and most Unix-like systems, giving cyber tools a predictable structure to parse, instrument, or analyze compiled code., Mach-O, and PE triage to find native extensions in Python wheels and correlate native imports, runtime launches, loaders, and payloads across distribution boundaries.
  • Adds Wheel RECORD and installed-environment RECORD verification to detect missing, modified, unowned, or multiply owned files.
  • Models Python startup execution through .pth, .start, sitecustomize, and usercustomize as an execution chain rather than ordinary data.
  • Adds tirith package inspect to analyze wheel files, sets of wheels, or installed environments without downloading them, using a bounded streaming wheel reader that rejects traversal, collisions, encrypted entries, conflicting metadata, CRC failures, decompression abuse, and ambiguous identities.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds tirith pkg approve and tirith pkg install to bind resolution, exact artifact hashes, inspection results, approval state, contained execution, environment verification, and a tamper-evident receipt.
  • Adds tirith pkg graph, diff, attest, attest-npm, verify-env, and receipt subcommands exposing ownership, execution, release-delta, provenanceprovenanceEvidence recording where a software artifact came from and how it was built, including its source and build process. It helps a consumer check that the artifact matches a trusted build., integrity, and evidence workflows.
  • Adds tirith pkg attest-npm to bind npm's own signature/provenance report to the exact lockfile and installed inventory.
  • Adds tirith capsule run --preset untrusted-project to copy an untrusted project into a held ephemeral directory and execute an exact argv under fail-closed containment on x86_64 Linux with a usable Landlock ABI; all other platforms refuse before copy or spawn.
+15 more show less
  • Adds tirith task check and the preview-gated tirith_check_task MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. tool (requires TIRITH_MCP_PREVIEW=1) to diagnostically assess untrusted task envelopes without executing anything.
  • Adds tirith browser audit for a one-shot, read-only integrity audit of Chrome, Chromium, Brave, and Edge extension source trees with signed baselines and typed drift.
  • Adds web3_guard policy section to classify network and signer policy, covering state changes, signer risk, and network-policy violations for Cast, Forge, Hardhat, Solana, and Anchor operations without reading chain state or simulating a transaction.
  • Adds command-card schema 2 to bind ordered Web3 operations, network identity, signer kind, artifact hashes, and policy identity while keeping schema-1 signing bytes compatible.
  • Upgrades threat intelligence to a signed v2 database that adds artifact SHA-256SHA-256A cryptographic hash function that turns data into a fixed 256-bit fingerprint. It is used to check integrity; hashing does not encrypt the original data., installed-file hash, malicious-URL, campaign, and behavior-tag indices to package, domain, and IP reputation, with monotonic sequence checks to prevent rollback.
  • Adds Prime Agent IPython guard that extracts shell escapes, shell magics, and common Python process-spawn forms before delegating to the Tirith engine; unrecognised execution forms fail closed by default.
  • Adds MCP configuration locking that binds source path, server identity, transport, descriptor set, declared tools, and code/config drift without persisting raw environment values or URL credentials.
  • Adds MCP tool and resource output sanitization by default using bounded structured traversal, leaf preservation, cross-leaf detection, strict blob decoding, MIME checks, URI rules, and explicit incomplete-analysis failures.
  • Adds byte-classified file analysis that classifies files by magic bytes read through a retained no-follow handle rather than by name or suffix, with explicit routing for misnamed, extensionless, malformed, polyglot, archive, native, and unknown binary content.
  • Adds global finding and output budgets that preserve Critical, High, and analysis_incomplete evidence ahead of lower-value output.
  • Adds CI-focused directory scans that correlate fork-reachable artifact producers with privileged workflow_run consumers and execution, PATH, publish, or deployment sinks.
  • Adds structural GitHub ActionsGitHub ActionsGitHub's built-in CI/CD system that runs automated workflows triggered by repository events, letting cyber tools automate testing, building, and releasing without managing separate pipeline infrastructure. rules covering mutable action references, privileged trigger hazards, and expression-to-shell injection.
  • Adds ELFELFThe standard binary format for executables, shared libraries, and object files on Linux and most Unix-like systems, giving cyber tools a predictable structure to parse, instrument, or analyze compiled code., Mach-O, and PE triage to find native extensions in Python wheels and correlate native imports, runtime launches, loaders, and payloads across distribution boundaries.
  • Adds Wheel RECORD and installed-environment RECORD verification to detect missing, modified, unowned, or multiply owned files.
  • Models Python startup execution through .pth, .start, sitecustomize, and usercustomize as an execution chain rather than ordinary data.

3 more in Everything

└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !Checkpoints created by older builds under /tmp/tirith/checkpoints are not migrated automatically — inspect and remove that directory manually; 0.4.0 uses private per-user state.
  • !Existing MCP privacy lockfiles require an explicit re-lock when the documented schema migration says so; generated wrappers must be regenerated via tirith setup <tool> --update-configs so they contain the current validated absolute interpreter and Tirith paths.
  • !An old client must not be pointed directly at a v2 ThreatDB data file; ThreatDB v1 remains available during the v2 cutover.
Was this useful?

cve-lite-cli

Sources Release notes → v1.37.0 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 88, +6 runnable example — 94 How ranking works →

cve-lite-cli adds an --output <dir> flag (and matching GitHub Action input) to route JSON, SARIFSARIFStatic Analysis Results Interchange Format, a standard for sharing code-analysis findings, including locations and rule details. It lets scanners report results to a common review interface., and SBOMSBOMA software bill of materials, an inventory of the components and versions inside an application. It helps teams find affected software when a dependency has a vulnerability or licensing issue. report files into a specified directory.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Fast, developer-friendly JS/TS dependency vulnerability scanner with local lockfile scanning, OSV matching, direct vs transitive visibility, --fix, JSON output, and practical remediation guidance.

cve-lite-cli adds an --output <dir> flag (and matching GitHub Action input) to route JSON, SARIFSARIFStatic Analysis Results Interchange Format, a standard for sharing code-analysis findings, including locations and rule details. It lets scanners report results to a common review interface., and SBOMSBOMA software bill of materials, an inventory of the components and versions inside an application. It helps teams find affected software when a dependency has a vulnerability or licensing issue. report files into a specified directory.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 1 FEATURE 0 OF 1 FEATURE most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Configurable output directory for reports new 88

The new --output <dir> flag directs --json, --sarif, and --sbom output files into a specified directory, which is created if it doesn't exist.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ Passing --output without one of those three flags is treated as an error rather than a silent no-op. A matching output input was added to the GitHub Action for the same directory-routing behaviour.

Write all structured outputstructured outputForcing a model's response to match a given format or JSON schema, so software can parse it reliably instead of hoping the text is well formed. to a dedicated reports directory so a CI step can hand a stable path to the next stage without globbing or renaming.
$ cve-lite /path/to/project --sarif --json --output reports
— Names exact flag, error behaviour, and GitHub Action input. v1.37.0
v1.37.0 Notes LatestStable

cve-lite-cli v1.37.0 adds --output <dir> to control where JSON, SARIFSARIFStatic Analysis Results Interchange Format, a standard for sharing code-analysis findings, including locations and rule details. It lets scanners report results to a common review interface., and SBOMSBOMA software bill of materials, an inventory of the components and versions inside an application. It helps teams find affected software when a dependency has a vulnerability or licensing issue. files land, with a matching GitHub Action input.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v1.37.0 https://github.com/OWASP/cve-lite-cli.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v1.37.0
└──▷ TRY IT
Write all structured outputstructured outputForcing a model's response to match a given format or JSON schema, so software can parse it reliably instead of hoping the text is well formed. to a dedicated reports directory so a CI step can hand a stable path to the next stage without globbing or renaming.
$ cve-lite /path/to/project --sarif --json --output reports
  • Adds --output <dir> flag to direct --json, --sarif, and --sbom output files into a specified directory (created when missing); passing --output without one of those three flags is an error rather than a silent no-op.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds a matching output input to the GitHub Action for the same directory-routing behaviour.
  • Adds --output <dir> flag to direct --json, --sarif, and --sbom output files into a specified directory (created when missing); passing --output without one of those three flags is an error rather than a silent no-op.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

1 more in Everything

Was this useful?

sbomify

Sources Release notes → v26.9.0 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 70/60/55 — 61.67 How ranking works →

sbomify is a product security artifact hub and a trust center.

sbomify's v26.9.0 release adds a security advisories API, broadens SPDX 3SPDX 3An open standard from the Linux Foundation for expressing software bill-of-materials data, letting cyber tools exchange dependency, license, and vulnerability metadata in a machine-readable, interoperable format. support across scanning, validation and VEXVEXA machine-readable statement from a vendor saying whether a CVE in a component actually affects their product. It is how a scanner is told to stop flagging a vulnerability that is not reachable. handling, and rounds out trust center, workspace and compliance features.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 13 FEATURES 1 OF 13 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
SPDX 3 scanning, validation and VEX support improved 70

Scans SPDXSPDXAn open standard for describing software components, licenses and their relationships. Its documents let different tools exchange a software bill of materials without inventing a new format. 3 documents through a derived copy instead of skipping them, sends SPDX documents to Dependency Track through a derived CycloneDXCycloneDXAn open standard for describing software components and their dependencies, vulnerabilities and other supply-chain information. Tools use it to exchange bills of materials and related evidence. copy, validates SPDX 3.0.1 claims against the vendored schema with clear version-edge messages, and honours VEX statements carried inside an SPDX 3 document about itself.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Names format versions and integration but not a config surface v26.9.0
02 00
Workspace terminology in API and UI new 60

Adds an is_default_workspace field alongside is_default_team in the API and on-screen copy, and serves a v2 API that uses workspace terminology from the same views.

— Names exact fields and API version but limited mechanism v26.9.0
thinner coverage below
03 00
Pinned CRA audit logger level improved 55

Pins the CRA audit logger so a raised LOG_LEVEL cannot silence it.

— Names the env var and the fix it addresses v26.9.0
04 00
CSAF discovery through security.txt new 50

Exposes public CSAFCSAFAn OASIS open standard for distributing machine-readable vulnerability advisories, letting cyber tools automate ingestion and correlation of vendor-issued security disclosures at scale. discovery through security.txt.

— Names the discovery mechanism but no further detail v26.9.0
05 00
Security advisories API and data model new 45

Adds a security advisories API, including creation and deletion of advisories through the same endpoint, and closes advisory-to-release gaps in the many-to-many model.

— Names API and data-model fix but not exact endpoint path v26.9.0
06 01
CISA 2026 minimum elements compliance plugin new 45

Scores CISA 2026 minimum elements and registers a new compliance plugin.

— Names the standard and plugin but no scoring mechanics v26.9.0
07 00
Trust center gating and certification badges new 45

Shows gated documents with a request-access gate on the trust center, and adds certification badges on the trust center.

— Names the trust center surface but not exact UI path v26.9.0
08 00
Non-expiring OIDC publish tokens improved 40

Keeps OIDCOIDCOpenID Connect, a sign-in protocol built on OAuth 2.0. An application uses identity information from a trusted provider instead of maintaining a separate password for each user. publish tokens off the expiry bell so they do not expire.

— Names the token type but no config or flag v26.9.0
09 00
Unique document name and version per component improved 40

Makes a document's name and version unique per component.

— States the constraint but not the enforcement mechanism v26.9.0
10 00
Workspace-wide document toggle from document page new 40

Lets a document be made workspace-wide from its own page.

— Names the exact UI location for the action v26.9.0
11 00
Configurable request body upload ceiling improved 35

Makes the request body upload ceiling reachable and configurable.

— No config key or limit value given v26.9.0
12 00
Workspace plugin management via API new 30

Enables and disables a workspace's plugins over the API.

— Bare one-line capability, no endpoint or flag named v26.9.0
13 00
Dedicated vulnerability finding detail row improved 25

Gives each vulnerability finding a dedicated detail row.

— Bare description of a UI change v26.9.0
v26.9.0 Notes LatestStable

sbomify v26.9.0 adds a security advisories API, SPDX 3SPDX 3An open standard from the Linux Foundation for expressing software bill-of-materials data, letting cyber tools exchange dependency, license, and vulnerability metadata in a machine-readable, interoperable format. VEXVEXA machine-readable statement from a vendor saying whether a CVE in a component actually affects their product. It is how a scanner is told to stop flagging a vulnerability that is not reachable./scanning support, a Kubernetes Helm chart, CSAFCSAFAn OASIS open standard for distributing machine-readable vulnerability advisories, letting cyber tools automate ingestion and correlation of vendor-issued security disclosures at scale. discovery via security.txt, and more.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v26.9.0 https://github.com/sbomify/sbomify.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v26.9.0
  • Adds a security advisories API, including creation and deletion of advisories through the same endpoint.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Enables and disables a workspace's plugins over the API.
  • Exposes public CSAF discovery through security.txt.
  • Adds is_default_workspace field alongside is_default_team in the API and on-screen copy.
  • Serves a v2 API that uses workspace terminology from the same views.
+14 more show less
  • Scores CISA 2026 minimum elements and registers a new compliance plugin.
  • Scans SPDXSPDXAn open standard for describing software components, licenses and their relationships. Its documents let different tools exchange a software bill of materials without inventing a new format. 3 documents through a derived copy instead of skipping them.
  • Sends SPDX documents to Dependency Track through a derived CycloneDXCycloneDXAn open standard for describing software components and their dependencies, vulnerabilities and other supply-chain information. Tools use it to exchange bills of materials and related evidence. copy.
  • Validates SPDX 3.0.1 claims against the vendored schema with clear version-edge messages.
  • Honours VEX statements carried inside an SPDX 3 document about itself.
  • Closes advisory-to-release gaps in the many-to-many model.
  • Keeps OIDCOIDCOpenID Connect, a sign-in protocol built on OAuth 2.0. An application uses identity information from a trusted provider instead of maintaining a separate password for each user. publish tokens off the expiry bell so they do not expire.
  • Gives each vulnerability finding a dedicated detail row.
  • Shows gated documents with a request-access gate on the trust center.
  • Adds certification badges on the trust center.
  • Makes a document's name and version unique per component.
  • Makes the request body upload ceiling reachable and configurable.
  • Lets a document be made workspace-wide from its own page.
  • Pins the CRA audit logger so a raised LOG_LEVEL cannot silence it.
  • Adds a security advisories API, including creation and deletion of advisories through the same endpoint.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Enables and disables a workspace's plugins over the API.
  • Exposes public CSAF discovery through security.txt.
  • Adds is_default_workspace field alongside is_default_team in the API and on-screen copy.
  • Serves a v2 API that uses workspace terminology from the same views.
+4 more show less
  • Scores CISA 2026 minimum elements and registers a new compliance plugin.
  • Shows gated documents with a request-access gate on the trust center.
  • Adds certification badges on the trust center.
  • Lets a document be made workspace-wide from its own page.

10 more in Everything

Was this useful?

Cycode

Sources Blog / feed → Introducing Cycode Workstation Protection: ADLC Security Now Stops Software Supply Chain Attacks (2026-09-23) Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 73 — 73 How ranking works →

Cycode’s Agentic Development Security Platform unites security and development teams with actionable, code-to-runtime context to identify, prioritize, and fix the software risk that matters.

Cycode shipped Workstation Protection, extending its ADLC Security platform upstream to the developer workstation to block malicious and aged-out packages before install.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 1 FEATURE 1 OF 1 FEATURE most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 01
Workstation Protection for package installs new 73

Cycode Workstation Protection intercepts package install commands in real time on developer workstations to enforce cooldown (release-age gating) policies and block known malicious packages—including typosquattingtyposquattingUsing a name close to a trusted domain or software package to catch spelling mistakes. Attackers use it to lure people or installers to a malicious lookalike., slopsquattingslopsquattingPublishing malicious packages under names invented by AI coding tools. A developer who installs a hallucinated dependency may then retrieve the attacker's real package., and persistent compromised-maintainer releases—before they install, checking every install against a continuously updated threat intelligence feed.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ It deploys via Mobile Device Management (MDMMDMMobile device management, centrally configuring and managing enrolled devices. Administrators use it to apply settings, distribute applications and enforce device security policies.) with no new console, no new infrastructure, and no change to developer install workflows, and enforces at the device level so gating applies regardless of which package manager version is used or whether a local config file was set up correctly. It unifies this workstation enforcement with existing AI Bill of MaterialsBill of MaterialsA structured list of every component, library, and dependency that makes up a piece of software or hardware, used by cyber tools to track what is inside a product and surface known vulnerabilities in its parts., prompt guardrails, pipeline integrity, and secret scanningsecret scanningChecking files, code or other data for exposed credentials such as passwords, API keys and tokens. Findings help teams remove the secret and revoke or rotate it. capabilities inside the Context Intelligence Graph.

— Mechanism and scope well described, but no config keys or commands given. Introducing Cycode Workstation Protection: A…
Introducing Cycode Workstation Protection: ADLC Security Now Stops Software Supply Chain Attacks (2026-09-23) Blog LatestStable

Cycode Workstation Protection adds real-time package install enforcement with cooldown policies and malicious package threat intelligence.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

  • Adds Workstation Protection, a new capability that intercepts package install commands in real time to enforce cooldown (release-age gating) policies and block known malicious packages before they install on developer workstations.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Deploys Workstation Protection via Mobile Device Management (MDMMDMMobile device management, centrally configuring and managing enrolled devices. Administrators use it to apply settings, distribute applications and enforce device security policies.) with no new console, no new infrastructure, and no change to developer install workflows.
  • Checks every package install against a continuously updated threat intelligence feed to catch malicious packages that have aged past cooldown windows, including typosquattingtyposquattingUsing a name close to a trusted domain or software package to catch spelling mistakes. Attackers use it to lure people or installers to a malicious lookalike., slopsquattingslopsquattingPublishing malicious packages under names invented by AI coding tools. A developer who installs a hallucinated dependency may then retrieve the attacker's real package., and persistent compromised maintainer releases.
  • Enforces cooldown policies at the device level, so gating applies regardless of which package manager version a developer or coding agent is running or whether a local config file was configured correctly.
  • Extends ADLC Security coverage upstream to the developer workstation, unifying workstation package enforcement with existing AI Bill of MaterialsBill of MaterialsA structured list of every component, library, and dependency that makes up a piece of software or hardware, used by cyber tools to track what is inside a product and surface known vulnerabilities in its parts., prompt guardrails, pipeline integrity, and secret scanningsecret scanningChecking files, code or other data for exposed credentials such as passwords, API keys and tokens. Findings help teams remove the secret and revoke or rotate it. into the Context Intelligence GraphIntelligence GraphA graph database structure linking entities such as hosts, IPs, domains, and threat actors by relationship, letting cyber tools traverse connections to surface context that flat tables cannot express..
  • Adds Workstation Protection, a new capability that intercepts package install commands in real time to enforce cooldown (release-age gating) policies and block known malicious packages before they install on developer workstations.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Deploys Workstation Protection via Mobile Device Management (MDMMDMMobile device management, centrally configuring and managing enrolled devices. Administrators use it to apply settings, distribute applications and enforce device security policies.) with no new console, no new infrastructure, and no change to developer install workflows.
  • Checks every package install against a continuously updated threat intelligence feed to catch malicious packages that have aged past cooldown windows, including typosquattingtyposquattingUsing a name close to a trusted domain or software package to catch spelling mistakes. Attackers use it to lure people or installers to a malicious lookalike., slopsquattingslopsquattingPublishing malicious packages under names invented by AI coding tools. A developer who installs a hallucinated dependency may then retrieve the attacker's real package., and persistent compromised maintainer releases.
  • Enforces cooldown policies at the device level, so gating applies regardless of which package manager version a developer or coding agent is running or whether a local config file was configured correctly.

1 more in Everything

Was this useful?
◆  Secrets Detection & Management

Truffle Security trufflehog

Sources Release notes →Source code → v3.97.6 Notes Code Rank Why this rank top features scored 100/90/90, +6 runnable example — 99.33 How ranking works →

TruffleHog's biggest window additions are on the Enterprise side — a Topology graph for tracing credential blast radius and a Shared Secrets feature for sharing findings outside the platform — alongside open-source additions like custom regex detectors with webhook verification, a customVerifiers/--verifier mechanism for self-hosted verification endpoints, a local notifiers config system, an analyze subcommand, and pre-receive hook support for server-side git scanning.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

trufflehog discovers, classifies, and validates leaked credentials

TruffleHog's biggest window additions are on the Enterprise side — a Topology graph for tracing credential blast radius and a Shared Secrets feature for sharing findings outside the platform — alongside open-source additions like custom regex detectors with webhook verification, a customVerifiers/--verifier mechanism for self-hosted verification endpoints, a local notifiers config system, an analyze subcommand, and pre-receive hook support for server-side git scanning.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 10 FEATURES 3 OF 10 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Custom regex detectors with webhook verification new 100

Adds a detectors field to the config YAML to define custom regex detectors, each with name, keywords, regex, and optional verify sections.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ Verification supports verify.endpoint, verify.unsafe, and verify.headers to validate secrets via a webhook POST, plus verify.successranges and verify.rotatedranges (HTTP status codes or inclusive ranges like '200-202' or '401') to mark secrets live or rotated. regex supports named capture groups where every named pattern must match, a primary regex name to pick which pattern's line number is reported, exclude regexes capture and exclude regexes match to strip or suppress matches, an entropy parameter to filter low-randomness false positives, and exclude words to ignore strings containing listed words.

Define a custom regex detector with webhook verification and HTTP status-based liveness classification — useful when you have internal tokens with a known format and a validation endpoint.
yaml
detectors:
  - name: hogtokendetector
    keywords:
      - hog
    regex:
      hogid: '\b(hog[0-9a-z]{17})\b'
      hogtoken: '[^a-zA-Z0-9+\/]{0,1}([a-zA-Z0-9+\/]{40})[^a-zA-Z0-9+\/]{0,1}'
    verify:
      - endpoint: http://localhost:8000/
        unsafe: true
        headers:
          - 'authorization: super secret authorization header'
        successranges:
          - '200'
        rotatedranges:
          - '401'
          - '403'
— Every config key named with a complete runnable example product docs
02 00
Self-hosted verification endpoints new 90

Adds customVerifiers to the root-level config YAML to point secret verification at self-hosted or enterprise endpoints for GitHub Enterprise Server, GitLab, Jira Data Center, Confluence Data Center, Bitbucket Data Center, JFrog Artifactory (access tokenaccess tokenA credential that authorizes a client to use a service or API. It usually has limited permissions and a lifetime; anyone holding it may be able to use those permissions. and reference token variants), and HashiCorp Vault. Adds a --verifier CLI flag to the open-source binary to pass custom verifier endpoints at scan time (e.g. --verifier github=example1.github.com,example2.github.com) without a config file.

Verify secrets against a private GitHub Enterprise Server and self-hosted GitLab instance by declaring both in the root-level customVerifiers block of your config YAML.
yaml
customVerifiers:
  - name: github
    endpoints:
      - https://github.example.com/api/v3
  - name: gitlab
    endpoints:
      - https://example.gitlab.com
Scan the current directory and verify found secrets against two GitHub Enterprise endpoints and one self-hosted GitLab endpoint without editing a config file.
$ trufflehog filesystem . --verifier github=example1.github.com,example2.github.com --verifier gitlab=example1.gitlab.com
— Named config field, CLI flag, and two runnable examples product docs
03 00
Shared Secrets for external finding access new 90

TruffleHog Enterprise adds Share Secrets, turning a finding into a secure, access-controlled link where recipients authenticate via Google SSOSSOSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management. or SAML SSOSAML SSOAn authentication protocol that lets a user log in once with an identity provider and access multiple services without re-entering credentials, by passing signed XML assertions between parties. against trusted domains and see a read-only view without a platform login. Links support four expiration options — on read, 1 hour, 1 day, 7 days, 1 month — and are managed on a Shared Secrets page with Active Shared Secrets (revocation) and Sharing Settings (trusted domains, default auth) tabs. Trusted domains are set under Settings > Shared Secrets > Edit Trusted Domains, and the sharing authentication setting picks Google OAuth or SAML SSO as default. Shared pages show secret type, locator, verification status, first-detected/last-seen timestamps, expiration time, location details, and rotation guidance, without exposing the plaintext credential.

Share a detected credential finding with a developer who needs to rotate it, without granting them access to TruffleHog Enterprise — set up trusted domains first so the link can be created.
📍In TruffleHog Enterprise, go to Settings › Shared Secrets › Edit Trusted Domains and add your org's domain (e.g. yourorg.com). Then open a finding's detail page and click Share in the upper right corner, select an expiration window (e.g. 1 day), and copy the generated URL to send to the recipient.
— Exact UI navigation and settings named step by step product docs
04 01
Local notifiers for secret discovery alerts new 90

Adds a notifiers field to the config YAML to configure alerts locally with options name, sendunverified, sourcestonotify, customtext, includesecretlink, type, numworkers, trufflehogaddress, trufflehogscannergroup, and trufflehogscannertoken. sourcestonotify accepts all, sources in this config, or a comma-separated list. Supports stdout (GA, open-source/on-premise), email/jira/slack/webhook (GA, cloud and on-premise), and splunk (alpha, on-premise) notifier types.

Alert a Slack channel whenever secrets are detected across all sources in your scan config, including a link to the secret.
yaml
concurrency: '8'
loglevel: info
notifiers:
  - name: slack secrets notifications
    sendunverified: true
    sourcestonotify: sources in this config
    customtext: message to add to notifier
    includesecretlink: true
    type: slack
    numworkers: 16
    trufflehogaddress: https://gnarly-flying-pancake.c1.prod.trufflehog.org
    trufflehogscannergroup: account-1.us-west-2
    trufflehogscannertoken: thog-agent-xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx
Print secret findings to stdout locally (open-source) without sending alerts to an external service.
yaml
concurrency: '8'
loglevel: info
notifiers:
  - name: stdout secrets notifications
    sendunverified: true
    sourcestonotify: sources in this config
    type: stdout
    numworkers: 16
— Every config field named with two runnable YAML examples product docs
05 00
Email notifications via AWS SES new 85

TruffleHog Enterprise adds email notification support via AWS SESAWS SESAmazon's cloud email-sending service, used by tools that need to deliver alerts, reports, or notifications without running their own mail infrastructure., configurable in config.yaml under notifiers with connection '@type': type.googleapis.com/notifiers.email, ses.creds.key, ses.creds.secret, ses.region, recipients, and sender fields. Adds a ccleaker option to automatically CC the person who leaked the credential when their email address is available, and supports configuring the notifier through the Integrations tab in the web UI as an alternative to local YAML config.

Route TruffleHog Enterprise secret-leak alerts to your security team via AWS SES, and CC the leaker automatically when their email is known.
yaml
notifiers:
  - connection:
      '@type': type.googleapis.com/notifiers.email
    ses:
      creds:
        key: AKIAXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
        secret: XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX
      region: us-west-1
    recipients:
      - security@ourbusiness.org
    sender: <trufflehog> trufflehog@ourbusiness.org
    name: email secrets notifications
    type:
      notifier_type: email
    options:
      ccleaker: true
— Named config keys with a runnable YAML example product docs
06 00
Pre-receive hook mode for self-hosted git servers new 80

TruffleHog can now run as a server-side pre-receive hook on GitHub Enterprise Server, GitLab Self-Managed, and Bitbucket Data Center, blocking pushes without requiring anything installed locally by developers. Adds --no-update, --only-verified, and --fail flags for use in pre-receive hook scripts to control update checks, filter to verified secrets, and fail the push on findings.

Block pushes containing verified secrets on a self-hosted Git server without requiring developers to install anything locally.
$ #!/bin/bash
trufflehog git --bare --no-update --only-verified --fail file://
— Names exact flags and gives a runnable hook script product docs
07 00
Per-detector filtering for AWS accounts and JDBC noise new 80

Adds detectors.config.aws.allowedAccountIds and detectors.config.aws.deniedAccountIds list fields to the config YAML to restrict or block AWS credential verification by account ID, with denied IDs always taking precedence over allowed IDs. Adds detectors.config.jdbc.ignorePattern to suppress unwanted JDBCJDBCA Java standard API for connecting applications to relational databases, maintained as part of the Java SE platform, letting tools query any compliant database through a single consistent interface. detector results via regular expressions.

Limit AWS credential verification to trusted production accounts while blocking canary token account IDs from generating alerts.
yaml
detectors:
  config:
    aws:
      allowedAccountIds:
        - "111111111111"
        - "222222222222"
      deniedAccountIds:
        - "666666666666"
Suppress noisy JDBC false positives matching known test or placeholder connection strings.
yaml
detectors:
  config:
    jdbc:
      ignorePattern:
        - "someP[aa]ttern[0-9]+"
— Exact config keys with runnable examples for both product docs
08 02
Topology graph for credential blast radius new 75

TruffleHog Enterprise gains Topology, an interactive graph that maps verified live secrets from the source service where they were found to the target services they grant access to. Every service node is categorized as Scanned, Not Monitored, or Non-Scannable; selecting an edge surfaces source/destination service, secret count, secret types, and a link to findings. The graph can be filtered by service category and triage state (refreshing on triage-state filter changes), and selecting an unmonitored scannable service links directly to its configuration page.

— Rich mechanism but UI-only, no exact commands product docs
09 03
Analyze subcommand for live secret permissions new 70

Adds a trufflehog analyze subcommand with self-discovery analyzers that perform non-state-changing API calls to determine a secret's resources and permissions, plus cloud analyze (enterprise-only) to examine cloud secrets against live environments for IAMIAMIdentity and Access Management — a framework of policies and services for controlling who can authenticate to systems and what resources they are authorized to use, letting cyber tools enforce least-privilege and audit access. posture, currently supporting GCP. The GitHub analyzer's output now also includes an is_fine_grained metadata field indicating whether a scanned token is a fine-grained personal access tokenpersonal access tokenA personal access token, a credential used by scripts and integrations instead of a user's password. Its permissions and expiry depend on the service issuing it., and gist enumeration failures no longer abort the analyzer.

— Subcommand and field named, but no full runnable example v3.97.6
10 00
Source archiving in Enterprise new 60

TruffleHog Enterprise adds source archiving to stop scanning an integration while retaining all findings it has already reported; archived sources show a gray archived badge and are hidden from the integrations list by default, with a Show archived filter to surface them dimmed. Findings whose only sources are archived get a verification frozen badge, freezing the last known status without re-verifying and excluding them from MTTR calculations. Already-archived sources can be permanently deleted (destroying their findings), and archive actions are recorded in the activity log.

— Explains behavior fully but is UI-only, no exact path product docs
v3.97.6 Notes Code LatestStable

TruffleHog v3.97.6 adds fine-grained token metadata to GitHub analyzer and makes gist enumeration non-fatal.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v3.97.6 https://github.com/trufflesecurity/trufflehog.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v3.97.6
  • Adds is_fine_grained metadata field to GitHub analyzer output, surfacing whether a scanned token is a fine-grained personal access tokenpersonal access tokenA personal access token, a credential used by scripts and integrations instead of a user's password. Its permissions and expiry depend on the service issuing it..⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

1 detail in Everything

Was this useful?

infisical

Sources Release notes → v0.165.15 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 40/35/20 — 31.67 How ranking works →

Infisical is the open-source platform for secrets, certificates, and privileged access management.

Infisical's v0.165.15 release adds credential masking to Privileged Access ManagementPrivileged Access ManagementBrokering administrator sessions through a gateway instead of handing out standing credentials. Access is granted for one session, to one target, and recorded., a UI theme toggle, and removes a previously required stuck-timeout environment variable.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 3 FEATURES 1 OF 3 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Navbar theme toggle new 40

A theme toggle was added to the navigation bar, letting users switch themes directly from the navbar.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Clear UI location but no further detail v0.165.15
02 00
Built-in credential masking in PAM new 35

Infisical now masks privileged access credentials by default so they are not exposed in the UI when using Privileged Access Management (PAMPAMBrokering administrator sessions through a gateway instead of handing out standing credentials. Access is granted for one session, to one target, and recorded.).

— States purpose but no mechanism or exact UI location v0.165.15
03 01
Removal of stuck-timeout environment variable breaking 20

The environment variable used as a workaround for stuck timeouts has been removed, eliminating the need for that previously required workaround. The exact variable name is not specified.

— No variable name given, unclear migration impact v0.165.15
v0.165.15 Notes LatestStable

Infisical v0.165.15 adds built-in PAMPAMBrokering administrator sessions through a gateway instead of handing out standing credentials. Access is granted for one session, to one target, and recorded. masking, a navbar theme toggle, and a stuck-timeout env var removal.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v0.165.15 https://github.com/Infisical/infisical.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v0.165.15
  • Adds built-in PAM masking to protect privileged access credentials from being exposed in the UI.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds a navbar theme toggle so users can switch themes directly from the navigation bar.
  • Removes the stuck timeout environment variable, eliminating a previously required workaround.
  • Adds built-in PAM masking to protect privileged access credentials from being exposed in the UI.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds a navbar theme toggle so users can switch themes directly from the navigation bar.

1 more in Everything

Was this useful?
◆  Web Application Security

Bright Security

Sources Release page → Release of September 22, 2026 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 90/75/70, +15 breaking change, +10 product media — 103.33 How ranking works →

Bright adds a Fuzzing Mode to STAR Harness for memory-safety bug hunting, three new security tests (Email Spoofing, Source Map Exposure, MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. Tool Inventory Disclosure), automatic batching for scans over 2,000 entry points, and a new Optimizer scan-improvement dashboard, alongside a step-based Advanced Authentication Editor, expanded scan templates, and Scan Configuration API changes to entry point filtering.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Bright is a dynamic application & API security testing platform that offers automation, fast scans, minimal false positives, and comprehensive security testing.

Bright adds a Fuzzing Mode to STAR Harness for memory-safety bug hunting, three new security tests (Email Spoofing, Source Map Exposure, MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. Tool Inventory Disclosure), automatic batching for scans over 2,000 entry points, and a new Optimizer scan-improvement dashboard, alongside a step-based Advanced Authentication Editor, expanded scan templates, and Scan Configuration API changes to entry point filtering.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 12 FEATURES 3 OF 12 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
entryPointFilter replaces entrypointsStatuses in Scan Configuration API deprecated 90

Deprecates the entrypointsStatuses property in the Scan Configuration API in favor of the new entryPointFilter property, which accepts securityStatus (e.g.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ 'new') and connectivityStatus (e.g. 'ok') arrays for more flexible entry point selection.

Migrate a Scan Configuration API call from the deprecated entrypointsStatuses to the new entryPointFilter to select only new, reachable entry points.
json
{
  "entryPointFilter": {
    "securityStatus": ["new"],
    "connectivityStatus": ["ok"]
  }
}
— Named API fields with a runnable migration example. Release of September 22, 2026
02 01
Fuzzing Mode in STAR Harness new 75

Adds a Fuzzing Mode to STAR Harness that hunts robustness and memory-safety bugs — crashes, hangs, type confusion, unhandled exceptions, unbounded allocation, and algorithmic complexity — in code past input validation, without requiring a scan, authentication, or Repeater.

— Detailed mechanism and bug classes, but no invocation steps given. Release of September 22, 2026
03 00
Enhanced Workflow Run details view improved 70

Improved Workflow Run details now show execution progress as executed-out-of-total nodes, a node status breakdown, a warning indicator for problematic nodes, a View Scans action filtered by Workflow Run, and configurable table columns.

— Names UI elements and action, no exact path given. Release of September 22, 2026
04 02
GitHub Marketplace and npm packages move to BrightSec org breaking 70

The GitHub Marketplace Actions and npm packages under the Neuralegion GitHub organization will move to BrightSec on October 20; workflows or integrations that reference Neuralegion directly will need to be updated.

— Exact date and org names given, clear migration action. Release of September 22, 2026
05 00
Bright Optimizer scan-improvement dashboard new 65

Introduces the Bright Optimizer, a new experience surfacing scan improvement opportunities such as manually triggered scans, low health scores, and long-running scans, configurable via Organization Settings -> General Details -> Optimizer Settings.

— UI path named as clear starting point. Release of September 22, 2026
06 00
Task Overview dashboard widgets new 65

Adds four new Task Overview widgets to Organization and Project dashboards — Task Results, Task Triggers, Task Actors, and Task Durations — with support for project, task type, and date-range filters.

— Names widgets and filters, UI-based starting point. Release of September 22, 2026
07 00
Step-based Advanced Authentication Editor improved 65

Replaces the raw JSON block in the Advanced Authentication Editor with a step-based editor supporting per-step view, edit, add, copy, delete, reorder, JSON validation, and sensitive value masking.

— Explains feature set, no exact navigation path given. Release of September 22, 2026
08 03
Three new security tests: Email Spoofing, Source Map Exposure, MCP Tool Inventory Disclosure new 60

Adds an Email Spoofing test that checks a domain's public DNS records for missing or weak DMARC, SPFSPFAn email authentication standard that lets a domain owner publish, via DNS, which mail servers are authorized to send on its behalf, so receiving servers can reject spoofed senders., DKIMDKIMAn email authentication standard that lets a sending mail server cryptographically sign outgoing messages so receiving servers can verify the signature was not forged or tampered with in transit., and BIMI configuration; a Source Map Exposure test that detects publicly accessible JavaScript source maps (.js.map) exposing original source code and internal application structure; and an MCP Tool Inventory Disclosure test that detects when an LLMLLMA large language model, a neural network trained on large amounts of text to recognize patterns and generate language. Applications use it for tasks such as answering, summarizing and writing code.-powered entry point can be made to reveal the list of MCP tools available to it.

— Named tests with mechanism but no direct config or command. Release of September 22, 2026
09 00
New and renamed built-in scan templates improved 60

Adds new built-in Scan templates: Web Application, Web Application (without database), API Scan (without database), OWASPOWASPA nonprofit foundation that publishes open standards, guides, and ranked vulnerability lists—most famously the OWASP Top 10—giving cyber tools a vendor-neutral benchmark to test or report against. Top 10 for Web Apps (2025), and LLM & GenAI Applications. Also renames Light Scan to CI/CD Light Scan and Passive Scan to Passive Scan (production safe) to better describe their intended use.

— Names all templates and renames, clear UI selection point. Release of September 22, 2026
10 00
Extended coverage for ID Enumeration and Full Path Disclosure tests improved 60

Extends the ID Enumeration security test to cover list endpoints that return a JSON array at the root, detecting broken object-level authorization previously missed. Extends the Full Path Disclosure security test to recognize hosted CI/CD build roots including Azure DevOps, GitHub ActionsGitHub ActionsGitHub's built-in CI/CD system that runs automated workflows triggered by repository events, letting cyber tools automate testing, building, and releasing without managing separate pipeline infrastructure., and Travis.

— Named test extensions, no direct action beyond scanning. Release of September 22, 2026
thinner coverage below
11 00
Automatic batching for scans over 2,000 entry points improved 55

Workflows can now scan applications with more than 2,000 Entry Points by automatically dividing discovered entry points into sequential batches of up to 2,000 within a single Workflow Run.

— Describes mechanism, no config surface named. Release of September 22, 2026
12 00
CVE filter dropdown in Issues tables improved 50

Upgrades the CVE filter in Issues tables to a dropdown populated with CVEs detected in the current project, replacing manual text entry.

— UI change described, clear navigation point. Release of September 22, 2026
└──▷ ALSO FROM THESE RELEASES
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !
    The GitHub Marketplace Actions and npm packages under the Neuralegion GitHub organization will move to BrightSec on October 20; workflows or integrations that reference Neuralegion directly will need to be updated.
Release of September 22, 2026 Notes LatestStable

Bright adds fuzzing mode to STAR Harness, three new security tests, 2,000+ entry point scanning, and a new Optimizer dashboard.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ USE IT
Migrate a Scan Configuration API call from the deprecated entrypointsStatuses to the new entryPointFilter to select only new, reachable entry points.
json
{
  "entryPointFilter": {
    "securityStatus": ["new"],
    "connectivityStatus": ["ok"]
  }
}
  • Deprecates the entrypointsStatuses property in the Scan Configuration API; use the entryPointFilter property instead, which accepts securityStatus and connectivityStatus arrays for more flexible entry point selection.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds entryPointFilter to the Scan Configuration API, supporting fields securityStatus (e.g. 'new') and connectivityStatus (e.g. 'ok') to replace entrypointsStatuses.
  • Adds a new Email Spoofing security test that checks a domain's public DNS records for missing or weak DMARC, SPFSPFAn email authentication standard that lets a domain owner publish, via DNS, which mail servers are authorized to send on its behalf, so receiving servers can reject spoofed senders., DKIMDKIMAn email authentication standard that lets a sending mail server cryptographically sign outgoing messages so receiving servers can verify the signature was not forged or tampered with in transit., and BIMI configuration.
  • Adds a new Source Map Exposure security test that detects publicly accessible JavaScript source maps (.js.map) exposing original source code and internal application structure.
  • Adds a new MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. Tool Inventory Disclosure security test that detects when an LLMLLMA large language model, a neural network trained on large amounts of text to recognize patterns and generate language. Applications use it for tasks such as answering, summarizing and writing code.-powered entry point can be made to reveal the list of MCP tools available to it.
+11 more show less
  • Adds a Fuzzing Mode to STAR Harness that hunts robustness and memory-safety bugs (crashes, hangs, type confusion, unhandled exceptions, unbounded allocation, algorithmic complexity) in code past input validation, without requiring a scan, authentication, or Repeater.
  • Introduces the Bright Optimizer, a new experience surfacing scan improvement opportunities — manually triggered scans, low health scores, and long-running scans — configurable via Organization Settings -> General Details -> Optimizer Settings.
  • Adds four new Task Overview widgets to Organization and Project dashboards: Task Results, Task Triggers, Task Actors, and Task Durations, with support for project, task type, and date-range filters.
  • Workflows can now scan applications with more than 2,000 Entry Points by automatically dividing discovered entry points into sequential batches of up to 2,000 within a single Workflow Run.
  • Adds new built-in Scan templates: Web Application, Web Application (without database), API Scan (without database), OWASPOWASPA nonprofit foundation that publishes open standards, guides, and ranked vulnerability lists—most famously the OWASP Top 10—giving cyber tools a vendor-neutral benchmark to test or report against. Top 10 for Web Apps (2025), and LLM & GenAI Applications.
  • Replaces the raw JSON block in the Advanced Authentication Editor with a step-based editor supporting per-step view, edit, add, copy, delete, reorder, JSON validation, and sensitive value masking.
  • Renames built-in templates Light Scan to CI/CD Light Scan and Passive Scan to Passive Scan (production safe) to better describe their intended use.
  • Improved Workflow Run details now show execution progress as executed-out-of-total nodes, a node status breakdown, a warning indicator for problematic nodes, a View Scans action filtered by Workflow Run, and configurable table columns.
  • Extends the ID Enumeration security test to cover list endpoints that return a JSON array at the root, detecting broken object-level authorization previously missed.
  • Extends the Full Path Disclosure security test to recognize hosted CI/CD build roots including Azure DevOps, GitHub ActionsGitHub ActionsGitHub's built-in CI/CD system that runs automated workflows triggered by repository events, letting cyber tools automate testing, building, and releasing without managing separate pipeline infrastructure., and Travis.
  • Upgrades the CVE filter in Issues tables to a dropdown populated with CVEs detected in the current project, replacing manual text entry.
  • Deprecates the entrypointsStatuses property in the Scan Configuration API; use the entryPointFilter property instead, which accepts securityStatus and connectivityStatus arrays for more flexible entry point selection.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds entryPointFilter to the Scan Configuration API, supporting fields securityStatus (e.g. 'new') and connectivityStatus (e.g. 'ok') to replace entrypointsStatuses.
  • Adds a new Email Spoofing security test that checks a domain's public DNS records for missing or weak DMARC, SPFSPFAn email authentication standard that lets a domain owner publish, via DNS, which mail servers are authorized to send on its behalf, so receiving servers can reject spoofed senders., DKIMDKIMAn email authentication standard that lets a sending mail server cryptographically sign outgoing messages so receiving servers can verify the signature was not forged or tampered with in transit., and BIMI configuration.
  • Adds a new Source Map Exposure security test that detects publicly accessible JavaScript source maps (.js.map) exposing original source code and internal application structure.
  • Adds a new MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. Tool Inventory Disclosure security test that detects when an LLMLLMA large language model, a neural network trained on large amounts of text to recognize patterns and generate language. Applications use it for tasks such as answering, summarizing and writing code.-powered entry point can be made to reveal the list of MCP tools available to it.
+4 more show less
  • Adds a Fuzzing Mode to STAR Harness that hunts robustness and memory-safety bugs (crashes, hangs, type confusion, unhandled exceptions, unbounded allocation, algorithmic complexity) in code past input validation, without requiring a scan, authentication, or Repeater.
  • Introduces the Bright Optimizer, a new experience surfacing scan improvement opportunities — manually triggered scans, low health scores, and long-running scans — configurable via Organization Settings -> General Details -> Optimizer Settings.
  • Adds four new Task Overview widgets to Organization and Project dashboards: Task Results, Task Triggers, Task Actors, and Task Durations, with support for project, task type, and date-range filters.
  • Adds new built-in Scan templates: Web Application, Web Application (without database), API Scan (without database), OWASPOWASPA nonprofit foundation that publishes open standards, guides, and ranked vulnerability lists—most famously the OWASP Top 10—giving cyber tools a vendor-neutral benchmark to test or report against. Top 10 for Web Apps (2025), and LLM & GenAI Applications.

7 more in Everything

└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !The GitHub Marketplace Actions and npm packages under the Neuralegion GitHub organization will move to BrightSec on October 20; workflows or integrations that reference Neuralegion directly will need to be updated.
Was this useful?
Reverse Engineering, Malware & Forensics
◆  Reverse Engineering

ILSpy

Sources Release notes → v11.1 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 78/70/70, +6 runnable example — 78.67 How ranking works →

.NET Decompiler with support for PDB generation, ReadyToRun, Metadata (&more) - cross-platform!

ILSpy v11.1 introduces two new command-line testing tools for stress-testing the decompiler, extends ilspycmd to accept single-file bundles and partial navigation IDs, and adds C# 14 decompilation support alongside several smaller decompiler output improvements.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 10 FEATURES 1 OF 10 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
decompdiff mass-testing tool new 78

Adds a decompdiff test tool that runs an assembly through two different versions of the decompiler via ilspycmd and produces a diff of the generated source code; supports the --no-build flag and can run against git refs.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Names tool, flag and git-ref capability but no full command. v11.1
02 00
nugetfuzz mass-testing tool new 70

Adds a nugetfuzz test tool that downloads NuGetNuGetMicrosoft's package manager for .NET, hosting a public registry of reusable libraries so tools can pull in dependencies without bundling or manually maintaining third-party code. packages and runs them through a debug build of ilspycmd, recording crashes, assertion failures, decompiler warnings, and leaked compiler-generated identifiers in the resulting C# output.

— Mechanism and outputs described, but no exact invocation shown. v11.1
03 00
ilspycmd bundle input and partial navigateto IDs improved 70

ilspycmd now accepts single-file bundles as input (previously unsupported), and accepts member IDs without a full signature in --navigateto, e.g. ilspycmd MyAssembly.dll --navigateto 'M:MyNamespace.MyClass.MyMethod'.

Navigate directly to a member by ID without needing to supply a full signature — useful when you only have a partial ID from a crash report or reference.
$ ilspycmd MyAssembly.dll --navigateto 'M:MyNamespace.MyClass.MyMethod'
— Exact flag plus runnable example command shown. v11.1
thinner coverage below
04 00
C# 14 decompilation support new 55

Decompiles C# 14 implicit span conversions (first-class span types) and C# 14 semi-auto properties using the field keyword.

— Names the exact C# 14 constructs but no user action needed. v11.1
05 00
Responsive search and reference navigation improved 50

Keeps the UI responsive while searching and drawing reference nodes, enabling search inside packages without stalling and navigation to results.

— Describes behaviour change but no concrete UI path or metric. v11.1
06 00
UseLambdaSyntax extended to statement lambdas improved 45

Extends the UseLambdaSyntax decompiler setting to emit statement lambdas.

— Names the setting but not where to toggle it. v11.1
07 00
C# 7.1 default literal emission improved 35

Emits C# 7.1 default literals where the surrounding context already supplies the type, instead of more verbose equivalents.

— Names the language feature but gives no before/after example. v11.1
08 00
Decompiler syntax for ldtoken instruction new 30

Invents a decompiler syntax for the ldtoken IL instruction.

— Names the IL instruction but no example of the new syntax. v11.1
09 00
Nested conditional operator expansion improved 30

Expands nested conditional operators back into if-else statements in decompiled output.

— States the transformation without a before/after example. v11.1
10 01
Obfuscator-renamed local function detection new 25

Detects local functions that have been renamed by obfuscators.

— Single-line description with no mechanism detail. v11.1
v11.1 Notes LatestStable

ILSpy v11.1 adds C# 14 decompilation, mass-testing tools, and ilspycmd bundle support⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v11.1 https://github.com/icsharpcode/ILSpy.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v11.1
└──▷ TRY IT
Navigate directly to a member by ID without needing to supply a full signature — useful when you only have a partial ID from a crash report or reference.
$ ilspycmd MyAssembly.dll --navigateto 'M:MyNamespace.MyClass.MyMethod'
  • Adds nugetfuzz test tool that downloads NuGetNuGetMicrosoft's package manager for .NET, hosting a public registry of reusable libraries so tools can pull in dependencies without bundling or manually maintaining third-party code. packages and runs them through a debug build of ilspycmd, recording crashes, assertion failures, decompiler warnings, and leaked compiler-generated identifiers in C# output.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds decompdiff test tool that runs an assembly through two different versions of the decompiler via ilspycmd and produces a diff of the generated source code; supports --no-build and can run against git refs.
  • Accepts single-file bundles as ilspycmd input (previously unsupported).
  • Accepts member IDs without a signature in --navigateto in ilspycmd.
  • Decompiles C# 14 implicit span conversions (first-class span types).
+7 more show less
  • Decompiles C# 14 semi-auto properties with the field keyword.
  • Emits C# 7.1 default literals where the context supplies the type.
  • Keeps the UI responsive while searching and drawing reference nodes, enabling search inside packages without stalling and navigation to results.
  • Detects local functions renamed by obfuscators.
  • Invents a decompiler syntax for the ldtoken IL instruction.
  • Expands nested conditional operators back into if-else in decompiled output.
  • Extends UseLambdaSyntax to emit statement lambdas.
  • Adds nugetfuzz test tool that downloads NuGetNuGetMicrosoft's package manager for .NET, hosting a public registry of reusable libraries so tools can pull in dependencies without bundling or manually maintaining third-party code. packages and runs them through a debug build of ilspycmd, recording crashes, assertion failures, decompiler warnings, and leaked compiler-generated identifiers in C# output.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds decompdiff test tool that runs an assembly through two different versions of the decompiler via ilspycmd and produces a diff of the generated source code; supports --no-build and can run against git refs.
  • Accepts single-file bundles as ilspycmd input (previously unsupported).
  • Decompiles C# 14 implicit span conversions (first-class span types).
  • Decompiles C# 14 semi-auto properties with the field keyword.
+3 more show less
  • Emits C# 7.1 default literals where the context supplies the type.
  • Detects local functions renamed by obfuscators.
  • Invents a decompiler syntax for the ldtoken IL instruction.

4 more in Everything

Was this useful?

HyperDbg

Sources Release notes → v0.24 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 77/65/60, +6 runnable example — 73.33 How ranking works →

State-of-the-art native debugging tools

HyperDbg v0.24 expands memory inspection with new word, string and symbol-resolved read commands, adds user-mode I/O port access, extends the script engine with array support, and begins porting HyperDbg's kernel modules to Linux.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 3 FEATURES 0 OF 3 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Memory-read commands for words, strings, and symbols new 77

Adds dw/!dw commands to read word (2-byte) values from virtual and physical memory, da/!da commands to read printable ASCII (null-terminated) strings from virtual and physical memory, and dds, dqs, and dps commands (plus physical memory counterparts) to read double-word, quad-word, and pointer-sized values resolved to symbol names in module!symbol+offset format.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Read an ASCII string from a virtual address to inspect null-terminated text in a target process without triggering OS debug APIs.
$ da 0xffff8000`deadbeef
Read pointer-sized values at a virtual address resolved to symbol names — useful for walking function pointer tables or vtables.
$ dps 0xfffff803`12340000
— Names every command and the symbol-resolution format, with runnable examples. v0.24
02 00
Linux port of HyperDbg kernel modules new 65

Ports all HyperDbg kernel modules to compile on Linux, including the hyperhv and hyperlog projects and core platform components (spinlocks, IRQL, process, time, and I/O), and adds GNU assembler (GAS) stub files to replace MASM assembly files for the Linux kernel module build.

— Details scope and build change but no runnable steps yet. v0.24
03 00
Script engine arrays and semantic test command new 60

Adds arrays as function parameters in the script engine, char and wide-char (wchar_t) array types, and a test script-semantic CLI command for running script engine semantic test cases.

— Names the new types and command but gives no usage example. v0.24
v0.24 Notes LatestStable

HyperDbg v0.24 adds new memory-read commands, user-mode I/O port access, script engine arrays, and Linux kernel module support.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v0.24 https://github.com/HyperDbg/HyperDbg.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v0.24
└──▷ TRY IT
Read an ASCII string from a virtual address to inspect null-terminated text in a target process without triggering OS debug APIs.
$ da 0xffff8000`deadbeef
Read pointer-sized values at a virtual address resolved to symbol names — useful for walking function pointer tables or vtables.
$ dps 0xfffff803`12340000
Read a byte from an I/O port in user-debugger context to inspect hardware state (e.g. port 0x64, the keyboard controller status port).
$ uin 0x64 1
  • Adds dw and !dw commands to read word (2-byte) values from virtual and physical memory.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds da and !da commands to read printable ASCII (null-terminated) strings from virtual and physical memory.
  • Adds dds, dqs, and dps commands (plus physical memory counterparts) to read double-word, quad-word, and pointer-sized values resolved to symbol names in module!symbol+offset format.
  • Adds uin and uout commands to read from and write to I/O ports (port-mapped I/O) from the user debugger.
  • Adds test script-semantic CLI command for running script engine semantic test cases.
+4 more show less
  • Adds arrays as function parameters in the script engine.
  • Adds char and wide-char (wchar_t) array types in the script engine.
  • Ports all HyperDbg kernel modules to compile on Linux, including the hyperhv and hyperlog projects and core platform components (spinlocks, IRQL, process, time, and I/O).
  • Adds GNU assembler (GAS) stub files to replace MASM assembly files for the Linux kernel module build.
  • Adds dw and !dw commands to read word (2-byte) values from virtual and physical memory.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds da and !da commands to read printable ASCII (null-terminated) strings from virtual and physical memory.
  • Adds dds, dqs, and dps commands (plus physical memory counterparts) to read double-word, quad-word, and pointer-sized values resolved to symbol names in module!symbol+offset format.
  • Adds uin and uout commands to read from and write to I/O ports (port-mapped I/O) from the user debugger.
  • Adds test script-semantic CLI command for running script engine semantic test cases.
+3 more show less
  • Adds char and wide-char (wchar_t) array types in the script engine.
  • Ports all HyperDbg kernel modules to compile on Linux, including the hyperhv and hyperlog projects and core platform components (spinlocks, IRQL, process, time, and I/O).
  • Adds GNU assembler (GAS) stub files to replace MASM assembly files for the Linux kernel module build.

1 more in Everything

Was this useful?

Finite State Platform

Sources Blog / feed → September 22, 2026 - Scan queue API, Version counts, and Component license filters (2026-09-22) Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 80/77/70, +6 runnable example — 81.67 How ranking works →

Finite State shipped a dedicated Scans page for live queue visibility along with new and extended public API endpoints for scan queue health, live snapshots, and richer scan metadata.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Finite State Platform is a software supply chain security tool that analyzes firmware and software artifacts for vulnerabilities and compliance risks.

Finite State shipped a dedicated Scans page for live queue visibility along with new and extended public API endpoints for scan queue health, live snapshots, and richer scan metadata.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 4 FEATURES 0 OF 4 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Scan queue analytics endpoint new 80

Adds GET /public/v0/scans/analysis endpoint returning Scan queue totals, success rate, and duration metrics for a selected period, usable for building security operations dashboards or SLASLAA formal agreement between a service provider and customer that defines expected uptime, response times, and remedies for failures, giving cyber tools a contractual baseline for availability and support commitments. reports.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Pull weekly scan success rate and duration metrics to feed a security operations dashboard or SLA report.
$ curl -s -H 'Authorization: Bearer <token>' 'https://platform.finitestate.io/public/v0/scans/analysis'
— Named endpoint with runnable curl example and listed fields September 22, 2026 - Scan queue API, Version…
02 00
Live scan queue snapshot endpoint new 77

Adds GET /public/v0/scans/ops-snapshot endpoint returning the current live running and queued Scan snapshot, suitable for polling from CI pipelines or monitoring scripts to detect backlogs.

Poll the live scan queue from a CI pipeline or monitoring script to detect backlogs before they delay a release.
$ curl -s -H 'Authorization: Bearer <token>' 'https://platform.finitestate.io/public/v0/scans/ops-snapshot'
— Named endpoint with runnable curl example September 22, 2026 - Scan queue API, Version…
03 00
Extended scan listing endpoint improved 70

Extends GET /public/v0/scans to include processing time, Finding count, and start time, and adds the ability to filter and sort by who initiated the Scan.

— Named endpoint and new fields but no usage example September 22, 2026 - Scan queue API, Version…
thinner coverage below
04 00
Scans page with live queue visibility new 53

Adds a Scans page showing live Processing and Queued counts, scan history grouped by Project and Version, and volume and duration metrics.

— Describes UI but no exact navigation or config detail September 22, 2026 - Scan queue API, Version…
September 22, 2026 - Scan queue API, Version counts, and Component license filters (2026-09-22) Blog LatestStable

Finite State adds a Scans page with live queue visibility and two new API endpoints for scan queue health and snapshots.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ TRY IT
Poll the live scan queue from a CI pipeline or monitoring script to detect backlogs before they delay a release.
$ curl -s -H 'Authorization: Bearer <token>' 'https://platform.finitestate.io/public/v0/scans/ops-snapshot'
Pull weekly scan success rate and duration metrics to feed a security operations dashboard or SLASLAA formal agreement between a service provider and customer that defines expected uptime, response times, and remedies for failures, giving cyber tools a contractual baseline for availability and support commitments. report.
$ curl -s -H 'Authorization: Bearer <token>' 'https://platform.finitestate.io/public/v0/scans/analysis'
  • Adds GET /public/v0/scans/analysis endpoint returning Scan queue totals, success rate, and duration metrics for a selected period.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds GET /public/v0/scans/ops-snapshot endpoint returning the current live running and queued Scan snapshot.
  • Extends GET /public/v0/scans to include processing time, Finding count, start time, and filter/sort by who initiated the Scan.
  • Adds a Scans page showing live Processing and Queued counts, scan history grouped by Project and Version, and volume and duration metrics.
  • Adds GET /public/v0/scans/analysis endpoint returning Scan queue totals, success rate, and duration metrics for a selected period.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds GET /public/v0/scans/ops-snapshot endpoint returning the current live running and queued Scan snapshot.
  • Adds a Scans page showing live Processing and Queued counts, scan history grouped by Project and Version, and volume and duration metrics.

1 more in Everything

Was this useful?
Network Security
◆  Network Analysis & Monitoring

NETRESEC

Sources Changelog → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog LatestStable

Network forensics, packet sniffers and IT security products. Download NetworkMiner and other free software for network security analysis.

NETRESEC: FlowCarp assigns a single protocol or malware family label per flow using statistical classification (packet sizes, timing, message length distributions, request/response behavior, protocol structure), reducing the multi-alert overlap common with IDSIDSAn intrusion detection system, monitoring traffic or host activity for suspicious behavior and producing alerts. Detection alone does not necessarily block the activity. signature matching.

└──▷ TRY IT
Train a custom detection model from sandbox PCAPPCAPA packet capture, recorded network packets that can be inspected later. Analysts use it to reconstruct communication and investigate protocol behavior or suspicious traffic. captures of an unknown C2 protocol so FlowCarp can recognize it in future traffic.
$ flowcarp --input xyz.pcap --output model:MalwareXYZ:MALICIOUS:malwarexyz.fcp
Quickly identify C2 protocols in a PCAP during incident response without standing up a local FlowCarp instance.
$ curl --data-binary @dump.pcap https://demo.flowcarp.com | jq
Validate a newly built protocol model against captures from additional sandbox executions to confirm generalization.
$ flowcarp --model malwarexyz.fcp --input new.pcap --output -
1 more release in this issue · 2026-09-23
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog Stable

NETRESEC: Adds a free demo API endpoint at https://demo.flowcarp.com (via curl --data-binary @<file>.pcap) that accepts a raw PCAPPCAPA packet capture, recorded network packets that can be inspected later. Analysts use it to reconstruct communication and investigate protocol behavior or suspicious traffic. and returns a JSON response containing detected flows, protocols, and alerts, backed by a commercial license covering 600+ protocols.

└──▷ TRY IT
Train a custom C2 protocol model from sandbox PCAPsPCAPsA packet capture, recorded network packets that can be inspected later. Analysts use it to reconstruct communication and investigate protocol behavior or suspicious traffic. of a newly discovered malware family, then classify an unknown capture against it.
$ flowcarp --input xyz.pcap --output model:MalwareXYZ:MALICIOUS:malwarexyz.fcp
flowcarp --model malwarexyz.fcp --input new.pcap --output -
Quickly triage a suspicious PCAP against 600+ known protocols via the free demo API and filter results with jq during incident response.
$ curl --data-binary @dump.pcap https://demo.flowcarp.com | jq
Was this useful?
◆  Firewalls & Network Defense

Sophos Access Points

Sources Release page → Fusion 2026.41NewReleased on September 22, 2026 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 80/60, +6 runnable example — 76 How ranking works →

Sophos Access Points provide secure network connectivity and VPN access management for remote workers and distributed organizations.

Sophos Fusion 2026.41 adds a wired Network settings tab for AP6 access point profiles and advanced diagnostic logging for wireless troubleshooting.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 2 FEATURES 0 OF 2 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Network settings tab for AP6 profiles new 80

Access point profiles gain a Network settings tab for configuring wired Ethernet port settings on AP6 access points, including Spanning Tree Protocol, IGMP snoopingIGMP snoopingA switch-level feature that inspects IGMP messages to track which ports have multicast group members, so the switch forwards multicast traffic only to interested ports instead of flooding every port., LLDP-MEDLLDP-MEDAn extension to the Link Layer Discovery Protocol that lets network devices advertise location data, power requirements, and VoIP policies to adjacent devices, giving cyber tools richer topology and asset context without active scanning., and, on AP6 840E models, port trunking.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Enable port trunking and IGMPIGMPA network-layer protocol used by IPv4 hosts and routers to manage multicast group membership, letting routers know which hosts want traffic for a given multicast address. snooping for an AP6 840E access point profile to support multi-VLAN wired uplinks.
📍In Sophos Fusion, open the access point profile for your AP6 840E, go to the Network settings tab, enable IGMP snooping and port trunking, then save the profile.
Configure port trunking and IGMP snooping on an AP6 840E via its access point profile.
📍In Sophos Fusion, open the access point profile for your AP6 840E, navigate to the Network settings tab, and configure Spanning Tree Protocol, IGMP snooping, LLDP-MED, and port trunking as required.
— Names exact protocols and model but no defaults or limits Fusion 2026.41NewReleased on September 22, 2…changelog-20260923-b9e48cc9
02 00
Advanced diagnostic logging in Fusion new 60

Sophos Fusion adds advanced diagnostic logging, enabled via Diagnostics > System logs, to capture optional logs for wireless network troubleshooting.

Capture advanced diagnostic logs to investigate intermittent wireless connectivity issues on a managed AP6 deployment.
📍In Sophos Fusion, navigate to Diagnostics › System logs and turn on advanced diagnostic logging.
Enable advanced diagnostic logging when troubleshooting a wireless network issue with Sophos support.
📍In Sophos Fusion, go to Diagnostics › System logs and turn on advanced diagnostic logging.
— Exact menu path given but mechanism of logs unclear Fusion 2026.41NewReleased on September 22, 2…changelog-20260923-b9e48cc9
Fusion 2026.41NewReleased on September 22, 2026 Notes Stable

Sophos Fusion 2026.41 adds wired network settings (STPSTPSpanning Tree Protocol, an IEEE standard (802.1D) that prevents Layer 2 network loops by electing a root bridge and blocking redundant switch paths, keeping Ethernet networks stable under failure conditions., IGMPIGMPA network-layer protocol used by IPv4 hosts and routers to manage multicast group membership, letting routers know which hosts want traffic for a given multicast address., LLDP-MEDLLDP-MEDAn extension to the Link Layer Discovery Protocol that lets network devices advertise location data, power requirements, and VoIP policies to adjacent devices, giving cyber tools richer topology and asset context without active scanning., port trunking) for AP6 profiles and advanced diagnostic logging.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Enable port trunking and IGMP snoopingIGMP snoopingA switch-level feature that inspects IGMP messages to track which ports have multicast group members, so the switch forwards multicast traffic only to interested ports instead of flooding every port. for an AP6 840E access point profile to support multi-VLAN wired uplinks.
📍In Sophos Fusion, open the access point profile for your AP6 840E, go to the Network settings tab, enable IGMP snooping and port trunking, then save the profile.
Capture advanced diagnostic logs to investigate intermittent wireless connectivity issues on a managed AP6 deployment.
📍In Sophos Fusion, navigate to Diagnostics › System logs and turn on advanced diagnostic logging.
  • Adds a Network settings tab to access point profiles for configuring wired Ethernet port settings on AP6 access points, including Spanning Tree Protocol, IGMP snooping, LLDP-MED, and (on AP6 840E models) port trunking.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds advanced diagnostic logging via Diagnostics > System logs in Sophos Fusion to capture optional logs for wireless network troubleshooting.

2 details in Everything

Was this useful?

Sophos Email Security

Sources Release page → 2026.38Released September 21, 2026 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 50/50 — 50 How ranking works →

Sophos Email Security is an enterprise email protection solution that detects and blocks threats like malware, phishing, and spam.

Sophos Email Security 2026.38 adds custom protection policies for distribution lists and shared mailboxes, and automates Microsoft 365 journal onboarding.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 2 FEATURES 0 OF 2 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Custom policies for distribution lists and shared mailboxes new 50

Custom protection policies can now be applied directly to distribution lists and shared mailboxes, independently of the policies applied to individual members.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Explains behaviour but no config path or limits given 2026.38Released September 21, 2026
02 00
Automated Microsoft 365 journal onboarding new 50

Sophos EMS now automates Microsoft 365 journal rule creation and related settings during onboarding, eliminating manual journal configuration once M365 permissions are authorized.

— Describes automation but no exact steps or UI path 2026.38Released September 21, 2026
2026.38Released September 21, 2026 Notes LatestStable

Sophos Email 2026.38 adds custom policies for distribution lists and shared mailboxes plus automated Microsoft 365 journal onboarding.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

  • Enables custom protection policies to be applied directly to distribution lists and shared mailboxes, independently of individual member policies.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Automates Microsoft 365 journal rule creation and related settings during Sophos EMS onboarding, eliminating manual journal configuration after M365 permissions are authorized.
  • Enables custom protection policies to be applied directly to distribution lists and shared mailboxes, independently of individual member policies.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

1 more in Everything

Was this useful?

Fastly

Sources Blog / feed → Adding Bots time series metrics API (2026-09-17) Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 95/35, +6 runnable example — 71 How ranking works →

Fastly's edge cloud platform delivers faster, safer, and more scalable sites and apps to customers. Elevate your edge CDN, video delivery, security, and more.

Fastly shipped a new Bot Management API for configuring ContentGuard's handling of bot traffic, and separately exposed bot protection metrics through the existing Historical Stats API.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 2 FEATURES 1 OF 2 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 01
Bot Management API for ContentGuard new 95

A new Bot Management API, separate from the Next-Gen WAFWAFA reverse proxy that inspects HTTP/HTTPS traffic and blocks requests matching known attack patterns such as SQL injection or XSS, sitting between clients and a web application to filter malicious input before it reaches the server. API, gives programmatic control over how Fastly's ContentGuard responds to bot traffic.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ It supports setting an action for a bot category (such as AI crawlers, search engines, or headless browsers) so any bot later added to that category inherits the action automatically; overriding the action for an individual bot within a category, with the ability to set it back to inherit to restore the category default; and updating a workspace's protection mode between off, log, and block.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ It also adds a list-all-bots endpoint returning every bot across every category with each bot's category_id (to build a full bot-to-category map in one pass), and a service_id filter on the list workspaces endpoint to find the workspace serving a given service.

Find the ContentGuard workspace associated with a specific Fastly service before making policy changes.
$ curl -X GET 'https://api.fastly.com/bot-management/workspaces?service_id=<service_id>' \
  -H 'Fastly-Key: <api_token>'
Set a workspace to block mode to actively block detected bot traffic rather than only logging it.
$ curl -X PATCH 'https://api.fastly.com/bot-management/workspaces/<workspace_id>' \
  -H 'Fastly-Key: <api_token>' \
  -H 'Content-Type: application/json' \
  -d '{"protection_mode": "block"}'
Override the action for an individual bot to log while its category is set to block, then revert it to inherit the category default.
$ curl -X PATCH 'https://api.fastly.com/bot-management/workspaces/<workspace_id>/bots/<bot_id>' \
  -H 'Fastly-Key: <api_token>' \
  -H 'Content-Type: application/json' \
  -d '{"action": "inherit"}'
— Names endpoints, fields, and modes with runnable curl examples. Bot Management (2026-09-17)
thinner coverage below
02 00
Bot metrics in Historical Stats API new 35

The Historical Stats API now exposes bot time series metrics served by ContentGuard, enabling per-service bot-protection data retrieval.

— Names the API but gives no endpoint, fields, or example. Adding Bots time series metrics API (2026-09…
Adding Bots time series metrics API (2026-09-17) Blog Stable

Fastly Historical Stats API now exposes bot time series metrics served by ContentGuard.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Bot Management (2026-09-17) Blog LatestStable

Fastly launches a Bot Management API to configure ContentGuard actions per bot category, individual bot, and workspace protection mode.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ TRY IT
Find the ContentGuard workspace associated with a specific Fastly service before making policy changes.
$ curl -X GET 'https://api.fastly.com/bot-management/workspaces?service_id=<service_id>' \
  -H 'Fastly-Key: <api_token>'
Set a workspace to block mode to actively block detected bot traffic rather than only logging it.
$ curl -X PATCH 'https://api.fastly.com/bot-management/workspaces/<workspace_id>' \
  -H 'Fastly-Key: <api_token>' \
  -H 'Content-Type: application/json' \
  -d '{"protection_mode": "block"}'
Override the action for an individual bot to log while its category is set to block, then revert it to inherit the category default.
$ curl -X PATCH 'https://api.fastly.com/bot-management/workspaces/<workspace_id>/bots/<bot_id>' \
  -H 'Fastly-Key: <api_token>' \
  -H 'Content-Type: application/json' \
  -d '{"action": "inherit"}'
  • Introduces the Bot Management API to configure ContentGuard, separate from the Next-Gen WAFWAFA reverse proxy that inspects HTTP/HTTPS traffic and blocks requests matching known attack patterns such as SQL injection or XSS, sitting between clients and a web application to filter malicious input before it reaches the server. API, enabling programmatic control over how Fastly responds to bot traffic.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Supports setting an action for a bot category (such as AI crawlers, search engines, or headless browsers) so that any bot Fastly later adds to that category inherits the action automatically.
  • Supports overriding the action for an individual bot within a category, with the ability to set the action back to inherit to return it to the category default.
  • Supports updating a workspace to switch between off, log, and block protection modes.
  • Adds a list-all-bots endpoint that returns every bot across every category in a single request, with each bot reporting its category_id so a complete bot-to-category map can be built in one pass.
+1 more show less
  • Adds a service_id filter on the list workspaces endpoint to find the workspace serving a given service.

6 details in Everything

Was this useful?
Cloud & Container Security
◆  Container & Image Security

Chainguard

Sources Changelog → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog Rank Why this rank top features scored 80, +6 runnable example — 86 How ranking works →

Chainguard launched a beta of Sovereign Artifacts for EU data residency and added dozens of new container images to its catalog, while also flagging an upcoming change to the SonarScanner CLI's working directory default.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Chainguard provides trusted open source artifacts for every layer of your modern software stack—containers, language libraries, and VM images.

Chainguard launched a beta of Sovereign Artifacts for EU data residency and added dozens of new container images to its catalog, while also flagging an upcoming change to the SonarScanner CLI's working directory default.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 1 FEATURE 0 OF 1 FEATURE most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
SonarScanner working directory relocation breaking 80

Starting October 12, the SonarScanner CLI image changes where it writes its working files, which affects pipelines that read report-task.txt from <project>/.scannerwork.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ To preserve the old behavior, pipelines can set sonar.working.directory=<project>/.scannerwork when invoking sonar-scanner, e.g.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ docker run cgr.dev/chainguard/sonar-scanner-cli:latest sonar-scanner -Dsonar.working.directory=<project>/.scannerwork.

Redirect the SonarScanner working directory to the old location so pipelines that read report-task.txt from <project>/.scannerwork continue to work after the October 12 change.
$ docker run cgr.dev/chainguard/sonar-scanner-cli:latest sonar-scanner -Dsonar.working.directory=<project>/.scannerwork
— Gives exact config key, path, and a runnable command to migrate changelog-20260923-054520ad
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog LatestStable

Chainguard launches Sovereign Artifacts beta for EU data residency, storing container and library artifacts in-region for ~30% faster pulls.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ TRY IT
Redirect the SonarScanner working directory to the old location so pipelines that read report-task.txt from <project>/.scannerwork continue to work after the October 12 change.
$ docker run cgr.dev/chainguard/sonar-scanner-cli:latest sonar-scanner -Dsonar.working.directory=<project>/.scannerwork
  • Adds openjdk:26 and ceph:19 container images.
  • Adds 26 new container images this week, including clamav-prometheus-exporter, crossplane-azure-marketplaceordering, kserve-sklearnserver, commercial-spilo-fips, graphql-hive-gateway, jupyterhub-k8s-singleuser-sample, nuxeo-2025, chainguard-server-hypervisor-aws, mongodb-kubernetes, opentelemetry-python-instrumentation-fips, strimzi-kafka-fips, crossplane-aws-emrcontainers, kro, pyrra, starboard-exporter, krakend, mongodb-search, and FIPSFIPSA set of US federal standards published by NIST that define approved cryptographic algorithms and modules; cyber tools use it to meet compliance requirements in government and regulated environments. variants.
  • Adds cursor-agent, chainguard-desktop-workstation-pc, commercial-avocado, rustfs, cloudzero-agent, trivy-k8s-wrapper, access-log-exporter, datahub-gms, kates-connect, kubeflow-trainer-controller-manager, and tracee container images.

3 details in Everything

Was this useful?
◆  CNAPP

Plerion

Sources Release page → Tag an integration in Plerion: Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 80/80/75, +6 runnable example — 84.33 How ranking works →

Plerion added role-scoped API access via a new OpenAPIOpenAPIA vendor-neutral specification for describing REST APIs in a machine-readable format, maintained by the OpenAPI Initiative. Cyber tools use it to auto-generate clients, documentation, and validation from a single source of truth. endpoint, introduced integration-level tagging exposed through the API, shipped two new S3 misconfiguration checks, and decoupled SCIMSCIMA standard for creating, updating and removing user accounts and groups across applications. It helps an identity provider keep access in sync when people join, change roles or leave. provisioning from just-in-time user creation while escalating the severity of an existing cross-account S3 check.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Plerion is a cloud security platform that discovers and manages vulnerabilities and misconfigurations across infrastructure.

Plerion added role-scoped API access via a new OpenAPIOpenAPIA vendor-neutral specification for describing REST APIs in a machine-readable format, maintained by the OpenAPI Initiative. Cyber tools use it to auto-generate clients, documentation, and validation from a single source of truth. endpoint, introduced integration-level tagging exposed through the API, shipped two new S3 misconfiguration checks, and decoupled SCIMSCIMA standard for creating, updating and removing user accounts and groups across applications. It helps an identity provider keep access in sync when people join, change roles or leave. provisioning from just-in-time user creation while escalating the severity of an existing cross-account S3 check.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 4 FEATURES 1 OF 4 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
New S3 checks for KMS encryption and Multi-Region Access Point new 80

Adds check PLERION-AWS-1182: S3 bucket default encryption does not use a customer-managed KMSKMSA managed service that creates, stores, rotates and controls access to encryption keys, usually backed by HSMs. Applications ask it to encrypt or decrypt rather than holding keys themselves. key — passes buckets encrypted with aws:kms or aws:kms:dsse under an owned key, fails buckets on AES256, no encryption, or an AWS-managed SSESSEServer-Sent Events, a browser API and HTTP-based protocol where a server pushes a stream of text events to a client over a single long-lived connection, giving tools a lightweight alternative to WebSockets for one-way real-time updates.-KMS key (including the console's AWS managed key (aws/s3)); Medium severity.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ Adds check PLERION-AWS-1181: S3 Multi-Region Access Point does not block public access — passes only when all four Block Public Access flags are enabled on the access point; Medium severity.

— Both check IDs and exact pass/fail logic specified Tag an integration in Plerion:
02 00
Standalone SCIM provisioning for user management new 80

Adds SCIM provisioning: point your identity provideridentity providerA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. at the SCIM base URL under Admin > Security > Single sign-onSingle sign-onSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management. > SCIM provisioning and authenticate with a readWrite organization API key. The Create users at first sign-in just-in-time provisioning setting now operates independently, with no dependency on SCIM state.

Enable SCIM provisioning so your identity provider can automatically create, update, and deprovision Plerion users.
📍In the Plerion console, go to Admin › Security › Single sign-on › SCIM provisioning, copy the SCIM base URL, then configure your identity provider to authenticate using a readWrite organization API key.
— Exact UI path and required API key role given Tag an integration in Plerion:
03 00
Per-integration tags with API exposure new 75

Adds a Tags section to each integration's settings page where you can define key-value tags that override AWS account tags with the same key — tag groups update within seconds. Every integration returned by the API now carries its tags along with the source of each tag.

Tag an integration via the UI when you cannot set tags in AWS Organizations — the tag immediately overrides the same key on the AWS account side and updates all groups using it.
📍In the Plerion console, open the integration's settings page › scroll to the new Tags section › enter a key (autocompleted from keys already on other integrations) and a value › save.
— UI path and override behaviour clear, exact API field name absent Tag an integration in Plerion:
04 01
Severity increase for S3 cross-account access check breaking 60

Raises PLERION-AWS-532 (S3 cross-account access) from Medium to High severity; all open findings on the check move to High on the next scan, and the check is now filed under data at risk, access control, and cross-account categories.

— Named check ID with clear before/after severity and category change Tag an integration in Plerion:
Tag an integration in Plerion: Notes Stable

Plerion adds per-integration tags (API-accessible), two new S3 checks, and standalone SCIMSCIMA standard for creating, updating and removing user accounts and groups across applications. It helps an identity provider keep access in sync when people join, change roles or leave. provisioning⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Tag an integration via the UI when you cannot set tags in AWS Organizations — the tag immediately overrides the same key on the AWS account side and updates all groups using it.
📍In the Plerion console, open the integration's settings page › scroll to the new Tags section › enter a key (autocompleted from keys already on other integrations) and a value › save.
Enable SCIM provisioning so your identity provideridentity providerA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. can automatically create, update, and deprovision Plerion users.
📍In the Plerion console, go to Admin › Security › Single sign-on › SCIM provisioning, copy the SCIM base URL, then configure your identity provider to authenticate using a readWrite organization API key.
  • Adds a Tags section to each integration's settings page where you can define key-value tags that override AWS account tags with the same key — tag groups update within seconds.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Exposes integration tags through the API: every integration returned by the API now carries its tags along with the source of each tag.
  • Adds new S3 check PLERION-AWS-1182: S3 bucket default encryption does not use a customer-managed KMSKMSA managed service that creates, stores, rotates and controls access to encryption keys, usually backed by HSMs. Applications ask it to encrypt or decrypt rather than holding keys themselves. key — passes buckets encrypted with aws:kms or aws:kms:dsse under an owned key; fails buckets on AES256, no encryption, or an AWS-managed SSESSEServer-Sent Events, a browser API and HTTP-based protocol where a server pushes a stream of text events to a client over a single long-lived connection, giving tools a lightweight alternative to WebSockets for one-way real-time updates.-KMS key (including the console's AWS managed key (aws/s3)); Medium severity.
  • Adds new S3 check PLERION-AWS-1181: S3 Multi-Region Access Point does not block public access — passes only when all four Block Public Access flags are enabled on the access point; Medium severity.
  • Adds SCIM provisioning: point your identity provider at the SCIM base URL under Admin > Security > Single sign-onSingle sign-onSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management. > SCIM provisioning and authenticate with a readWrite organization API key.
+2 more show less
  • Separates just-in-time provisioning from SCIM: the Create users at first sign-in setting now operates independently, with no dependency on SCIM state.
  • Raises PLERION-AWS-532 (S3 cross-account access) from Medium to High severity; all open findings on the check move to High on the next scan, and the check is now filed under data at risk, access control, and cross-account categories.
  • Adds a Tags section to each integration's settings page where you can define key-value tags that override AWS account tags with the same key — tag groups update within seconds.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds new S3 check PLERION-AWS-1182: S3 bucket default encryption does not use a customer-managed KMSKMSA managed service that creates, stores, rotates and controls access to encryption keys, usually backed by HSMs. Applications ask it to encrypt or decrypt rather than holding keys themselves. key — passes buckets encrypted with aws:kms or aws:kms:dsse under an owned key; fails buckets on AES256, no encryption, or an AWS-managed SSESSEServer-Sent Events, a browser API and HTTP-based protocol where a server pushes a stream of text events to a client over a single long-lived connection, giving tools a lightweight alternative to WebSockets for one-way real-time updates.-KMS key (including the console's AWS managed key (aws/s3)); Medium severity.
  • Adds new S3 check PLERION-AWS-1181: S3 Multi-Region Access Point does not block public access — passes only when all four Block Public Access flags are enabled on the access point; Medium severity.
  • Adds SCIM provisioning: point your identity provider at the SCIM base URL under Admin > Security > Single sign-onSingle sign-onSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management. > SCIM provisioning and authenticate with a readWrite organization API key.

3 more in Everything

Was this useful?
Detection & Response
◆  Endpoint Security (EDR/XDR)

Huntress

Sources Changelog → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog Rank Why this rank top features scored 65 — 65 How ranking works →

Give feedback to the Huntress team so we can make more informed product decisions. Powered by Canny.

Huntress added new macOS detection coverage for quarantine-attribute stripping used by infostealer malware, introduced Screen Sharing session telemetry for macOS endpoints, and exposed a console toggle for per-host Defender scan settings.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 1 FEATURE 1 OF 1 FEATURE most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 01
macOS quarantine-attribute removal detections new 65

Three new macOS detections flag quarantine-attribute removal via xattr strip: a script/shell strip in common malware staging folders, a strip performed on a mounted disk image, and a combined correlation that flags a fake installer followed by a strip within five minutes.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ The detections cover AMOS, Poseidon, Odyssey, and MacSync infostealers and require Agent v0.14.196.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Names mechanism, malware families and agent version, but no direct action. changelog-20260923-a8927daf
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog LatestStable

Huntress: Adds three macOS detections for quarantine-attribute removal (xattr strip via system call): script/shell strip in common malware staging folders, strip on a mounted disk image, and a combined fake-installer-plus-strip-within-five-minutes correlation — covering AMOS, Poseidon, Odyssey, and MacSync infostealers; requires Agent v0.14.196.

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Enable Archive File Scanning or disable Network File Scanning for Defender-managed endpoints without touching Huntress defaults on every host.
📍In the Huntress console, go to EDR → Managed Antivirus → Defender Configuration → Scans and toggle Network File Scanning or Archive File Scanning to your desired state, then save.
  • Adds Screen Sharing session telemetry on macOS — reports source address, session user, and authentication type for each session start, with per-host field suppression; requires Agent v0.14.196.

1 detail in Everything

Was this useful?

Trend Vision One

Sources Blog / feed → Mobile Security for Business app version 2.0.1651 (2026-09-23) Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 25 — 25 How ranking works →

Trend Vision One is Trend Micro's cloud-based XDR platform providing unified security visibility and threat detection across endpoints, networks, and cloud environments.

Trend Vision One's Mobile Security for Business app updated to version 2.0.1651, adding platform support and routing improvements.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 1 FEATURE 0 OF 1 FEATURE most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Android platform compatibility update improved 25

Mobile Security for Business app version 2.0.1651 adds support for the latest Android platform requirements.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Only states a bare compatibility claim, no specifics given. Mobile Security for Business app version 2.0…
Mobile Security for Business app version 2.0.1651 (2026-09-23) Blog LatestStable

Mobile Security for Business 2.0.1651 adds MDMMDMMobile device management, centrally configuring and managing enrolled devices. Administrators use it to apply settings, distribute applications and enforce device security policies.-provided phone number fallback and improved ZTNAZTNAZero Trust Network Access, a framework that grants users access to specific applications only after continuously verifying identity and device posture, replacing broad VPN-style network access with least-privilege connections./SWGSWGA Secure Web Gateway is a network proxy that inspects outbound web traffic, enforcing policy by blocking malicious sites, filtering content, and decrypting TLS — giving cyber tools a choke point for all user HTTP/S sessions. routing.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

  • Adds support for the latest Android platform requirements.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

1 detail in Everything

Was this useful?
◆  SOAR

Tines

Sources Changelog → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog Rank Why this rank top features scored 28/26/25, +10 product media — 36.33 How ranking works →

Tines lets teams put AI to work across their most sensitive systems, data, and processes, with the security and governance to do it safely.

Tines expanded its AI usage API with new queryable dimensions, added built-in functions for converting content to markdown, and fixed cases and dashboards to keep updating in background browser tabs.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 3 FEATURES 0 OF 3 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Background tab updates for cases and dashboards improved 28

Cases and dashboards now stay up to date when viewed in background browser tabs.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Explains behaviour change but no mechanism detail. changelog-20260923-c9c47f7f
02 00
Markdown conversion built-in functions new 26

New built-in functions are added for converting content to markdown format.

— Describes capability but not function names or usage. changelog-20260923-c9c47f7f
03 00
New dimensions in AI usage API improved 25

Tines adds new dimensions to the AI usage API, expanding what usage data can be queried and reported on.

— Names the API area but no specific dimensions or fields. changelog-20260923-c9c47f7f
└──▷ ALSO FROM THESE RELEASES
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog LatestStable

Tines: Adds new dimensions to the AI usage API, expanding what usage data can be queried and reported on.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

  • Adds new built-in functions for converting content to markdown format.
  • Cases and dashboards now stay up to date when viewed in background browser tabs.
  • Adds new built-in functions for converting content to markdown format.

1 more in Everything

Was this useful?

Shuffle

Sources Release notes → v2.3.0-rc2 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 35 — 35 How ranking works →

Shuffle: A general purpose security automation platform. Our focus is on collaboration and resource sharing.

Shuffle v2.3.0-rc2 adds graceful worker stop handling for AI Agent actions in hybrid deployments.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 0 FEATURES1 FEATURE 0 OF 1 FEATURE most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Graceful stop for AI Agent hybrid workers improved 35

Adds graceful stop handling for AI Agent actions during hybrid worker execution, preventing runaway processes when an agent-driven workflow terminates.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Describes behaviour but no config, flag, or command given. v2.3.0-rc2
v2.3.0-rc2 Notes Pre-release

Shuffle v2.3.0-rc2 adds graceful worker stop for AI Agent actions in hybrid deployments.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v2.3.0-rc2 https://github.com/Shuffle/Shuffle.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v2.3.0-rc2
Was this useful?
◆  Detection Engineering

Datadog Stratus Red Team

Sources Release notes →Source code → v2.36.1 Notes Code Rank Why this rank top features scored 75/60/55 — 63.33 How ranking works →

Granular, Actionable Adversary Emulation for the Cloud

Stratus Red Team v2.36.1 focuses on reliability for shared and automated environments, adding concurrent detonation support across all cloud providers and improving Azure API traceability while dropping the Azure CLI dependency.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 3 FEATURES 0 OF 3 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Concurrent detonation support across all providers new 75

Enables concurrent detonation across AWS, Azure, GCP, Entra IDEntra IDMicrosoft's cloud-based identity and access management service, formerly Azure Active Directory, used by cyber tools to authenticate users and enforce access policies in Microsoft 365 and Azure environments., Kubernetes and EKSEKSAmazon's managed Kubernetes service, run by AWS, that handles control-plane provisioning so teams can deploy containerized workloads without operating the underlying cluster infrastructure themselves. by embeddingembeddingLists of numbers a model produces to represent the meaning of text, images or code, so similar items sit close together. They power semantic search and RAG. a short correlation ID (var.correlation.short) in Terraform-managed resource names, preventing resource collisions when multiple users share an environment.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ Also adds an opt-out of the Terraform cache to prevent concurrency issues during parallel detonations.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Names the exact Terraform variable and cache opt-out mechanism v2.36.1
02 00
Azure correlation ID propagation via clientRequestID improved 60

Propagates Azure correlation IDs via clientRequestID (migrated from the previous user-agent approach) so detonation activity is traceable across Azure API calls.

— Names the field and prior mechanism but no usage steps v2.36.1
thinner coverage below
03 00
Azure CLI dependency removed via provider bump improved 55

Removes dependency on the az CLI by bumping the Azure (azurerm) Terraform provider to 4.81.0.

— Names exact provider and version but limited detail on impact v2.36.1
v2.36.1 Notes Code LatestStable

Stratus Red Team v2.36.1 adds concurrent detonation support across all providers, KUBECONFIG multi-path handling, and Azure correlation ID propagation.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v2.36.1 https://github.com/DataDog/stratus-red-team.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v2.36.1
  • Propagates Azure correlation IDs via clientRequestID (migrated from user-agent) so detonation activity is traceable across Azure API calls.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Enables concurrent detonation across all providers (AWS, Azure, GCP, Entra IDEntra IDMicrosoft's cloud-based identity and access management service, formerly Azure Active Directory, used by cyber tools to authenticate users and enforce access policies in Microsoft 365 and Azure environments., Kubernetes, EKSEKSAmazon's managed Kubernetes service, run by AWS, that handles control-plane provisioning so teams can deploy containerized workloads without operating the underlying cluster infrastructure themselves.) by embeddingembeddingLists of numbers a model produces to represent the meaning of text, images or code, so similar items sit close together. They power semantic search and RAG. a short correlation ID (var.correlation.short) in Terraform-managed resource names, preventing resource collisions when multiple users share an environment.
  • Removes dependency on the az CLI by bumping the Azure (azurerm) Terraform provider to 4.81.0.
  • Adds opt-out of the Terraform cache to prevent concurrency issues during parallel detonations.
  • Propagates Azure correlation IDs via clientRequestID (migrated from user-agent) so detonation activity is traceable across Azure API calls.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

3 more in Everything

Was this useful?
◆  SIEM

Databricks

Sources Blog / feed → Invite OpenSharing recipients by email (Beta) (2026-09-22) Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 75/75/55 — 68.33 How ranking works →

Databricks is a unified analytics platform for data engineering, data science, and machine learning built on Apache Spark.

Databricks expanded Unity Gateway with new model access, credential security and pricing controls, added a Shopify connector to Lakeflow Connect, opened a Beta backup schedule API for Lakebase, and let OpenSharing recipients be invited by email.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 6 FEATURES 0 OF 6 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Shopify connector in Lakeflow Connect new 75

A new Beta Shopify connector in Lakeflow Connect ingests products, orders, customers, inventory, fulfillments, and discounts from Shopify into Databricks, authenticating via the Shopify OAuth client credentials grant.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ Workspace admins enable it from the Previews page.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Names data entities, auth method and exact enablement path Shopify connector (Beta) (2026-09-22)
02 00
Lakebase backup schedule API new 75

A new Beta API for Lakebase lets you read and set a root branch's automated snapshot cadences (daily, weekly, or monthly) and configure per-cadence retention periods.

— Names cadence options and retention mechanism but not endpoint path Lakebase backup schedule API (Beta) (2026-09…
thinner coverage below
03 00
Unity Catalog secret-backed model provider credentials improved 55

A model provider service credential in Unity Gateway can now be backed by a customer-owned Unity Catalog secret, so rotating the secret takes effect at query time with no service change.

— Explains zero-downtime rotation mechanism, no config path given Back model provider service credentials with…
04 00
Invite OpenSharing recipients by email new 50

OpenSharing now supports inviting recipients by email, sending a secure activation link instead of requiring manual exchange of a sharing identifier or credential file. This is a Beta feature.

— Describes before/after but no concrete UI or API detail Invite OpenSharing recipients by email (Beta…
05 00
Provider discount multiplier for external model spend new 50

Unity Gateway adds a price multiplier setting on model provider services so external model spend estimates reflect negotiated rates instead of published list prices.

— Names the setting but not its config location Configure provider discounts for external mo…
06 00
OpenAI GPT-6 Luna on Unity Gateway new 45

OpenAI GPT-6 Luna is now accessible through Unity Gateway via Foundation Model APIsFoundation Model APIsHosted interfaces to large pretrained AI models—such as those from OpenAI, Anthropic, or Google—that let cyber tools query reasoning or language capabilities without training or hosting a model themselves. on a pay-per-token basis.

— Names model and pricing basis but little mechanism detail OpenAI GPT-6 Luna is now available on Unity …
Invite OpenSharing recipients by email (Beta) (2026-09-22) Blog Stable

Databricks OpenSharing now supports inviting recipients by email with a secure activation link (Beta).⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

  • Adds email-based invitation for OpenSharing recipients, sending a secure activation link instead of requiring manual exchange of a sharing identifier or credential file (Beta).⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

1 detail in Everything

Lakebase backup schedule API (Beta) (2026-09-22) Blog Stable

Databricks adds a Beta API to programmatically manage Lakebase backup schedules with configurable cadence and retention.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

  • Adds a Beta snapshot schedule API for Lakebase that lets you read and set a root branch's automated snapshot cadences (daily, weekly, or monthly) and per-cadence retention periods.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

1 detail in Everything

OpenAI GPT-6 Luna is now available on Unity Gateway (2026-09-22) Blog Stable

OpenAI GPT-6 Luna is now accessible via Databricks Unity Gateway through Foundation Model APIsFoundation Model APIsHosted interfaces to large pretrained AI models—such as those from OpenAI, Anthropic, or Google—that let cyber tools query reasoning or language capabilities without training or hosting a model themselves. pay-per-token.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Shopify connector (Beta) (2026-09-22) Blog LatestStable

Databricks Lakeflow Connect adds a Shopify connector (Beta) for ingesting e-commerce data via OAuth.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Back model provider service credentials with a Unity Catalog secret (2026-09-21) Blog Stable

Databricks lets you back model provider API keys with customer-owned Unity Catalog secrets, enabling zero-downtime key rotation.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

  • Backs a model provider service credential with a customer-owned Unity Catalog secret so that rotating the secret takes effect at query time with no service change.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

1 detail in Everything

Configure provider discounts for external model spend (2026-09-19) Blog Stable

Unity Gateway lets you configure a price multiplier on model provider services to reflect negotiated rates for external model spend.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Was this useful?

Sumo Logic

Sources Blog / feed → Search Job API Architectural Improvements (Search) (2026-09-21) Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 67/40/37, +15 breaking change — 63 How ranking works →

Sumo Logic is a cloud-based platform for monitoring, logging, and analyzing security and operational data from applications and infrastructure.

Sumo Logic overhauled its Search Job Management API to be OpenAPIOpenAPIA vendor-neutral specification for describing REST APIs in a machine-readable format, maintained by the OpenAPI Initiative. Cyber tools use it to auto-generate clients, documentation, and validation from a single source of truth.-compliant, stateless, and capable of cross-org automation, while removing session-cookie authentication in a breaking change.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 3 FEATURES 1 OF 3 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 01
Stateless, cookie-free Search Job Management API breaking 67

The Search Job Management API no longer uses session cookies; any client that stored or sent cookies to authenticate requests must migrate to the jobId-based stateless request model.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ This lets long-running search jobs be polled without session cookies, making them compatible with AI agents and Model Context ProtocolModel Context ProtocolModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. (MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface.) frameworks.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Names exact mechanism and migration requirement but no code sample Search Job API Architectural Improvements (S…
thinner coverage below
02 00
OpenAPI-compliant Search Job Management API improved 40

The Search Job Management API is now fully OpenAPI-compliant, enabling auto-generated SDKs in any language and native integration with Postman and CI/CD pipelines.

— States capability but no endpoint names or spec link Search Job API Architectural Improvements (S…
03 00
Parent-child and cross-org search automation new 37

MSSPs and enterprise admins can now automate parent-child and cross-org searches via the Search Job Management API, a capability previously limited to the UI.

— Describes what changed but no config or call details Search Job API Architectural Improvements (S…
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !
    The Search Job Management API no longer uses session cookies — any client that stored or sent cookies to authenticate requests must migrate to the jobId-based stateless request model.
Search Job API Architectural Improvements (Search) (2026-09-21) Blog LatestStable

Search Job Management API goes OpenAPIOpenAPIA vendor-neutral specification for describing REST APIs in a machine-readable format, maintained by the OpenAPI Initiative. Cyber tools use it to auto-generate clients, documentation, and validation from a single source of truth.-compliant, stateless, and adds parent-child org support for MSSPMSSPA Managed Security Service Provider: a third-party company that operates cyber tooling and monitoring on behalf of clients, letting organizations outsource detection, response, and compliance functions. automation.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

  • Search Job Management API is now fully OpenAPI-compliant, enabling auto-generated SDKs in any language and native integration with Postman and CI/CD pipelines.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Long-running search jobs can now be polled via the Search Job Management API without session cookies, making them compatible with AI agents and Model Context ProtocolModel Context ProtocolModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. (MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface.) frameworks.
  • MSSPs and enterprise admins can now automate parent-child and cross-org searches via the Search Job Management API, a capability previously limited to the UI.
  • Search Job Management API is now fully OpenAPI-compliant, enabling auto-generated SDKs in any language and native integration with Postman and CI/CD pipelines.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • MSSPs and enterprise admins can now automate parent-child and cross-org searches via the Search Job Management API, a capability previously limited to the UI.

1 more in Everything

└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !The Search Job Management API no longer uses session cookies — any client that stored or sent cookies to authenticate requests must migrate to the jobId-based stateless request model.
Was this useful?
Exposure & Vulnerability Management
◆  Vulnerability & Exposure Management

runZero

Sources Changelog → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog Rank Why this rank top features scored 60/30/20 — 36.67 How ranking works →

runZero is an asset discovery and inventory platform that identifies and maps all devices on networks without requiring agents.

runZero's biggest update this window is OCSF 1.9.0OCSF 1.9.0An open schema standard, maintained by the OCSF community under CISA and industry backing, that defines a common event format for security telemetry so cyber tools can share and ingest logs without custom normalization. export support for SIEMSIEMSecurity information and event management, collecting logs from many systems and correlating events to find suspicious activity. Analysts use it to investigate alerts and incidents. and data lake ingestion, alongside finer-grained saved query permissions, automatic retirement of stale integration data, and broader cloud import coverage.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 4 FEATURES 0 OF 4 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Custom role permissions for saved queries improved 60

Custom roles granting Saved queries read access can now view the Queries page and table without needing inventory access; roles with write or manage permissions can create, edit, copy, import, and delete saved queries.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Clear permission behavior but no exact role UI path given changelog-20260923-d51cf482
thinner coverage below
02 00
Automatic retirement of stale integration data improved 30

Software and Vulnerabilities collected from integrations are now retired when that integration's underlying data expires, keeping inventory data current with the source system.

— Describes behavior but no mechanism or config surface changelog-20260923-d51cf482
03 00
Legacy MAC prefix vendor lookup improved 20

runZero now populates MAC vendor information for legacy MAC prefixes, improving vendor identification for older devices.

— Bare statement with no scope or numbers changelog-20260923-d51cf482
04 00
Expanded AWS, Azure, and GCP asset types improved 20

AWS, Azure, and GCP imports now include additional asset types, though the specific new types are not named.

— No specific asset types or endpoints named changelog-20260923-d51cf482
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog LatestStable

runZero: Custom roles granting Saved queries read can now view the Queries page and table without inventory access; write or manage roles can create, edit, copy, import, and delete saved queries.

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Export the full asset inventory in OCSF 1.9.0OCSF 1.9.0An open schema standard, maintained by the OCSF community under CISA and industry backing, that defines a common event format for security telemetry so cyber tools can share and ingest logs without custom normalization. format for ingestion into a SIEMSIEMSecurity information and event management, collecting logs from many systems and correlating events to find suspicious activity. Analysts use it to investigate alerts and incidents. or data lake that understands the Open Cybersecurity Schema Framework.
📍In the runZero console, go to Inventory › Export and select OCSF 1.9.0; assets appear as Device Inventory Info events and services as Live Evidence Info events. Alternatively, call the Export API endpoint to automate the pull.
  • Software and Vulnerabilities collected from integrations are now retired when that integration data expires.
  • runZero now populates MAC vendor information for legacy MAC prefixes.
  • AWS, Azure, and GCP imports now include additional asset types.

3 more in Everything

Was this useful?
Identity, Access & Data Protection
◆  Identity & Access Management

Aembit

Sources Press release →Blog / feed → announced · Sep 23, 2026 Press Rank Why this rank top features scored 72 — 72 How ranking works →

Aembit is IAM for agentic AI and workloads. Enable secretless access and real-time policy enforcement across any environment to protect data and accelerate AI adoption.

Aembit shipped a new Enterprise-Managed Authorization Credential Provider that brings Okta Cross App Access (XAA) support to AI agents, letting them reach MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. servers without per-app OAuth consent while falling back to standard OAuth where XAA isn't yet supported.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 1 FEATURE 0 OF 1 FEATURE most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Enterprise-Managed Authorization Credential Provider for Okta XAA new 72

Aembit adds an Enterprise-Managed Authorization Credential Provider implementing the Model Context ProtocolModel Context ProtocolModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. Working Group's Enterprise-Managed Authorization extension, enabling Okta Cross App Access (XAA) for AI agents without per-service consent steps.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ It captures a user's SSOSSOSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management. ID token and refresh tokenrefresh tokenA credential used to obtain a new access token without signing in again. It is sent to the authorization service rather than used directly to call the protected API. (requiring the offline_access scope) at login, refreshes them in the background, and performs a dual token exchangetoken exchangeAn OAuth 2.0 protocol extension (RFC 8693) that lets a service trade one token for another with different scopes, audience, or type, enabling delegation and impersonation across service boundaries without re-authenticating the user. at request time so agents can reach downstream MCP servers without per-app OAuth consent screens. Aembit's Edge Controller brokers XAA between identity providersidentity providersA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. and upstream MCP servers that don't yet support it natively, generating and signing assertions using the tenant's own keys when the IdP can't perform the exchange directly, and automatically falls back to the standard OAuth Authorization Code flow for any upstream MCP server or IdP without XAA support, requiring no separate configuration. Policy-based access enforcement and auditability extend to these XAA-driven agent connections alongside existing OAuth capabilities, giving a common enforcement point across both, and letting organizations adopt XAA incrementally.

— Mechanism and named surfaces detailed, but no CLI/UI steps given launch-20260923-77fa1fb6How Aembit Makes Cross App Access Usable Bef…
announced · Sep 23, 2026 Press

Aembit adds Okta Cross App Access support via a new Enterprise-Managed Authorization Credential Provider for AI agent identity.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

  • Adds an Enterprise-Managed Authorization Credential Provider that implements the Model Context ProtocolModel Context ProtocolModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. Working Group's Enterprise-Managed Authorization extension, enabling Okta Cross App Access (XAA) for AI agents without per-service consent steps.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Extends policy-based access enforcement and auditability to Okta XAA-driven agent connections, letting security teams centrally control which agents act on whose behalf and under what policy.
  • Supports XAA alongside existing OAuth authorization capabilities, allowing organizations to adopt Cross App Access incrementally as ecosystem support expands rather than requiring an all-or-nothing migration.
  • Provides a common enforcement point for AI agent access to MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. servers, tools, and enterprise resources across both XAA and OAuth environments.
  • Adds an Enterprise-Managed Authorization Credential Provider that implements the Model Context ProtocolModel Context ProtocolModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. Working Group's Enterprise-Managed Authorization extension, enabling Okta Cross App Access (XAA) for AI agents without per-service consent steps.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Supports XAA alongside existing OAuth authorization capabilities, allowing organizations to adopt Cross App Access incrementally as ecosystem support expands rather than requiring an all-or-nothing migration.

2 more in Everything

How Aembit Makes Cross App Access Usable Before the Rest of the Stack Catches Up (2026-09-22) Blog LatestStable

Aembit launches Enterprise-Managed Authorization Credential Provider to broker XAA/EMA for AI agents against SaaSSaaSSoftware delivered over the internet and run on the provider's infrastructure, so the buyer pays a subscription instead of installing or operating anything locally. MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. servers⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

  • Adds a new Enterprise-Managed Authorization (EMA) Credential Provider that captures a user's SSOSSOSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management. ID token and refresh tokenrefresh tokenA credential used to obtain a new access token without signing in again. It is sent to the authorization service rather than used directly to call the protected API. (requiring the offline_access scope) at login, refreshes them in the background, and performs a dual token exchangetoken exchangeAn OAuth 2.0 protocol extension (RFC 8693) that lets a service trade one token for another with different scopes, audience, or type, enabling delegation and impersonation across service boundaries without re-authenticating the user. at request time so AI agents can access downstream MCP servers without per-app OAuth consent screens.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Aembit's Edge Controller brokers XAA between identity providersidentity providersA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. and upstream MCP servers that don't yet support XAA natively — generating and signing assertions using the tenant's own keys when the IdPIdPA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. cannot perform the exchange directly.
  • Automatically falls back to the standard OAuth Authorization Code flow for any upstream MCP server or identity provideridentity providerA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. that doesn't support XAA, requiring no separate configuration.
  • Adds a new Enterprise-Managed Authorization (EMA) Credential Provider that captures a user's SSOSSOSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management. ID token and refresh tokenrefresh tokenA credential used to obtain a new access token without signing in again. It is sent to the authorization service rather than used directly to call the protected API. (requiring the offline_access scope) at login, refreshes them in the background, and performs a dual token exchangetoken exchangeAn OAuth 2.0 protocol extension (RFC 8693) that lets a service trade one token for another with different scopes, audience, or type, enabling delegation and impersonation across service boundaries without re-authenticating the user. at request time so AI agents can access downstream MCP servers without per-app OAuth consent screens.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Aembit's Edge Controller brokers XAA between identity providersidentity providersA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. and upstream MCP servers that don't yet support XAA natively — generating and signing assertions using the tenant's own keys when the IdPIdPA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. cannot perform the exchange directly.

1 more in Everything

Was this useful?

Okta for AI Agents

Sources Changelog → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog

Okta for AI Agents provides identity and access management capabilities enabling secure authentication and authorization for AI-powered applications and automated systems.

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Block access attempts originating from known malware proxy networks at the global session policy level.
📍In the Admin Console, go to Security › Networks, open or create an Enhanced Dynamic Network Zone, add the MALWARE_PROXIES IP service category to the zone, then reference that zone in Security › Global Session Policy to deny access for matching traffic.
Prevent analysts connecting via remote desktop from accessing sensitive apps, without affecting direct corporate network logins.
📍In the Admin Console, go to Security › Networks, open or create an Enhanced Dynamic Network Zone, add the REMOTE_DESKTOP IP service category, then add a deny rule for that zone in the relevant app sign-in policy under Security › Authentication Policies.
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !Okta On-prem SCIMSCIMA standard for creating, updating and removing user accounts and groups across applications. It helps an identity provider keep access in sync when people join, change roles or leave. Server agent is replaced by Okta On-prem SCIM agent; existing deployments referencing the old agent name must migrate to the new agent.
Was this useful?

iDenfy

Sources Changelog → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog

Explore iDenfy documentation for identity verification (KYC), business verification (KYB), AML screening, fraud prevention, and more.

└──▷ TRY IT
Retrieve only specific fields from a KYBKYBKnow Your Business — a regulatory compliance process for verifying the legal identity, ownership, and legitimacy of a business entity, used by cyber tools to screen counterparties or customers against fraud and sanctions risk. company record to reduce payload size in automated compliance pipelines.
$ curl -X GET 'https://api.idenfy.com/kyb/company?fields=name,registrationNumber,directors' \
  -H 'Authorization: Bearer <token>'
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !The iOS SDK minimum deployment target is raised to iOS 15.
Was this useful?

Didit

Sources Changelog → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog Rank Why this rank top features scored 88, +6 runnable example — 94 How ranking works →

Didit extended its camera-control options for identity verification, letting integrators lock or hide camera switching for liveness and document capture both through the SDK and via direct verification URLs.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Didit provides identity verification, fraud prevention, and transaction-monitoring APIs, SDKs, and MCP tools.

Didit extended its camera-control options for identity verification, letting integrators lock or hide camera switching for liveness and document capture both through the SDK and via direct verification URLs.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 1 FEATURE 0 OF 1 FEATURE most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Camera control parameters for liveness and document capture improved 88

Didit added liveness_camera and liveness_camera_switch query parameters (and equivalent document parameters) for direct verification URLs, mirroring the SDK options defaultLivenessCamera, showLivenessCameraSwitchButton, defaultDocumentCamera, and showDocumentCameraSwitchButton.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ This lets a kiosk or operator device be locked to a specific camera (e.g.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ rear) and hide the switch button, whether integrating via the SDK or opening a verification URL like https://verify.didit.me/session/<session_id>?liveness_camera=back&liveness_camera_switch=false directly.

Lock a kiosk or operator device to the rear camera for liveness capture and hide the switcher so the subject cannot flip to the front lens.
javascript
didit.init({
  defaultLivenessCamera: 'back',
  showLivenessCameraSwitchButton: false,
  defaultDocumentCamera: 'back',
  showDocumentCameraSwitchButton: false
});
Open the verification URL directly (without the SDK) and force rear-camera liveness with the switcher hidden.
$ https://verify.didit.me/session/<session_id>?liveness_camera=back&liveness_camera_switch=false
— Names exact SDK options, query params, and a runnable URL example. changelog-20260923-32287544
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog LatestStable

Didit: Adds liveness_camera and liveness_camera_switch (and equivalent document) query parameters for direct verification URLs, enabling the same camera control without going through the SDK.

└──▷ USE IT
Lock a kiosk or operator device to the rear camera for liveness capture and hide the switcher so the subject cannot flip to the front lens.
javascript
didit.init({
  defaultLivenessCamera: 'back',
  showLivenessCameraSwitchButton: false,
  defaultDocumentCamera: 'back',
  showDocumentCameraSwitchButton: false
});
Open the verification URL directly (without the SDK) and force rear-camera liveness with the switcher hidden.
$ https://verify.didit.me/session/<session_id>?liveness_camera=back&liveness_camera_switch=false
Was this useful?

ConductorOne

Sources Changelog → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog Rank Why this rank top features scored 72/60/35, +15 breaking change, +10 product media, +6 runnable example — 86.67 How ranking works →

ConductorOne shipped three breaking API changes around revoke matching, secret deletion, and spend-remedy status, alongside new console features for connector change history, saved C1AI reports, role mining, an Identities & NHINHIA non-human identity, an account or credential used by software or a device rather than a person. Service accounts, workload identities and automation tokens need their own permissions and lifecycle controls. overview, and entitlement access graphs.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Govern workforce access, deploy AI agents, and get work done with C1.

ConductorOne shipped three breaking API changes around revoke matching, secret deletion, and spend-remedy status, alongside new console features for connector change history, saved C1AI reports, role mining, an Identities & NHINHIA non-human identity, an account or credential used by software or a device rather than a person. Service accounts, workload identities and automation tokens need their own permissions and lifecycle controls. overview, and entitlement access graphs.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 5 FEATURES 0 OF 5 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Saved C1AI reports in Reporting new 72

The C1AI Report assistant under Platform > Reporting can now save a natural-language reporting query as a named, described report for recurring use.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ A saved report's detail page shows its creation date, creator, last successful run, status, and a donut chart with a data table.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Save a C1AI report for recurring use by your access-review team.
📍In the C1 console, go to Platform › Reporting, open the Report assistant, ask your reporting question, then select Save report and enter a name and description.
— Exact navigation and save steps given, with resulting report fields. changelog-20260923-e7a9b8d7
02 00
Connector configuration change history new 60

A new Change history icon on a connector's detail page opens a per-field before-and-after timeline, letting admins audit who changed a connector's configuration and what changed.

Navigate to the Change history for a connector to audit who changed its configuration and what changed.
📍In the C1 console, go to Connectors › [select a connector] › detail page, then click the Change history icon to view the per-field before-and-after timeline.
— Exact UI path given but no mechanism beyond the timeline view. changelog-20260923-e7a9b8d7
thinner coverage below
03 00
Role mining shared-access filtering new 35

Role mining gained a Filter section supporting multiple filters and a Select shared access section with a threshold slider, histogram, and summary, per the updated UI.

— Only a screenshot describes the UI; no navigation or mechanism given. changelog-20260923-e7a9b8d7
04 00
Identities & NHI overview page new 35

A new overview page for Identities & NHI shows tabs and stat tiles for human users, service accounts, secrets, agents, and NHI counts.

— Described only from a screenshot; no path or interaction detail. changelog-20260923-e7a9b8d7
05 00
Access graph for requested entitlements new 35

The access graph for a requested entitlement now displays its granted repositories, highlighting the searched-for repository as a match.

— Only a screenshot describes the feature; no steps to reach it. changelog-20260923-e7a9b8d7
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !
    A revoke criteria scoped only by a legacy resource-type name now fails closed (the step fails) instead of silently matching every app sharing that name — re-scope any automation still relying on name-only matching.
  • !
    DELETE /api/v1/secrets/{vault_id} now deletes only the secret and no longer also revokes its credential; use the new POST /api/v1/app-secrets-admin/revoke to queue a credential revoke separately. Service SDKs rename Revoke to Delete to match.
  • !
    GET /api/v1/tasks/{task_id}/spend-remedy-status has been removed — migrate to the task APIs. JS/TS clients must handle spend-control revision values as strings, and integrations with a closed list of task action types must handle the new TYPE_SPEND_REMEDY = 7.
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog LatestStable
└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Navigate to the Change history for a connector to audit who changed its configuration and what changed.
📍In the C1 console, go to Connectors › [select a connector] › detail page, then click the Change history icon to view the per-field before-and-after timeline.
Save a C1AI report for recurring use by your access-review team.
📍In the C1 console, go to Platform › Reporting, open the Report assistant, ask your reporting question, then select Save report and enter a name and description.
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !A revoke criteria scoped only by a legacy resource-type name now fails closed (the step fails) instead of silently matching every app sharing that name — re-scope any automation still relying on name-only matching.
  • !DELETE /api/v1/secrets/{vault_id} now deletes only the secret and no longer also revokes its credential; use the new POST /api/v1/app-secrets-admin/revoke to queue a credential revoke separately. Service SDKs rename Revoke to Delete to match.
  • !GET /api/v1/tasks/{task_id}/spend-remedy-status has been removed — migrate to the task APIs. JS/TS clients must handle spend-control revision values as strings, and integrations with a closed list of task action types must handle the new TYPE_SPEND_REMEDY = 7.
Was this useful?

Clerk

Sources Changelog → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog Rank Why this rank top features scored 80, +10 product media, +6 runnable example — 96 How ranking works →

Clerk added SMSSMSShort Message Service, the protocol built into cellular networks for sending text messages between phones; cyber tools use it for alerting, two-factor authentication delivery, or phishing simulation over mobile channels. delivery event logging with five typed events for debugging message delivery, and introduced CIMDCIMDA text-based Short Message Service protocol from Nokia for exchanging SMS messages between applications and SMS centers, used to build tools that send, receive, or test carrier messaging flows. support letting MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. clients authenticate via an HTTPSHTTPSHTTP carried over an encrypted TLS connection. It protects traffic in transit and lets a browser verify the server's certificate. client_id without pre-registration.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

The easiest way to add authentication and user management to your application. Purpose-built for React, Next.js, Remix, and “The Modern Web”.

Clerk added SMSSMSShort Message Service, the protocol built into cellular networks for sending text messages between phones; cyber tools use it for alerting, two-factor authentication delivery, or phishing simulation over mobile channels. delivery event logging with five typed events for debugging message delivery, and introduced CIMDCIMDA text-based Short Message Service protocol from Nokia for exchanging SMS messages between applications and SMS centers, used to build tools that send, receive, or test carrier messaging flows. support letting MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. clients authenticate via an HTTPSHTTPSHTTP carried over an encrypted TLS connection. It protects traffic in transit and lets a browser verify the server's certificate. client_id without pre-registration.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 1 FEATURE 1 OF 1 FEATURE most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 01
CIMD support for MCP client authentication new 80

Adds Client ID Metadata Document (CIMD) support so MCP clients can authenticate using an HTTPS URL as their client_id without pre-registration or a client secret.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ Enabled via Publish CIMD support under OAuth applications settings > Client onboarding in the Clerk Dashboard; an optional Client admission setting can restrict this to Pre-registered clients only, with trusted clients added from the Applications tab.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Enable CIMD support so MCP clients can authenticate using an HTTPS URL as their client_id without pre-registration or a client secret.
📍1. In the Clerk Dashboard, go to OAuth applications settings. 2. Under Client onboarding, enable Publish CIMD support. 3. Optionally set Client admission to Pre-registered clients only and add trusted clients from the Applications tab.
— Exact dashboard settings and toggle names given as steps changelog-20260923-3af810e3
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog LatestStable

Clerk: Adds SMSSMSShort Message Service, the protocol built into cellular networks for sending text messages between phones; cyber tools use it for alerting, two-factor authentication delivery, or phishing simulation over mobile channels. delivery event logging with five typed events — sms.accepted, sms.delivered, sms.failed, sms.undeliverable, and sms.unconfirmed — available in the SMS logs view under Application Logs on all plans.

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Enable CIMDCIMDA text-based Short Message Service protocol from Nokia for exchanging SMS messages between applications and SMS centers, used to build tools that send, receive, or test carrier messaging flows. support so MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. clients can authenticate using an HTTPSHTTPSHTTP carried over an encrypted TLS connection. It protects traffic in transit and lets a browser verify the server's certificate. URL as their client_id without pre-registration or a client secret.
📍1. In the Clerk Dashboard, go to OAuth applications settings. 2. Under Client onboarding, enable Publish CIMD support. 3. Optionally set Client admission to Pre-registered clients only and add trusted clients from the Applications tab.
Investigate a user-reported missing SMS verification code by filtering delivery events to that recipient's number.
📍1. In the Clerk Dashboard, open the SMS logs view. 2. Filter by the destination phone number or by event type sms.failed or sms.undeliverable. 3. Select a message to see its full delivery trace and the normalized reason field (e.g. invalid_phone_number, destination_unreachable, rate_limited).
Was this useful?

JumpCloud

Sources Blog / feed →Changelog → Release Notes 2022 (2026-09-23) Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 95/80/70, +15 breaking change, +10 product media, +6 runnable example — 112.67 How ranking works →

JumpCloud makes it simple to manage Windows, Apple, Linux, and Android devices and to deliver secure access with SSO, MFA, Zero Trust, RADIUS, and more.

JumpCloud shipped JumpCloud Access Requests with JIRA webhook integration and Directory Insights tracking, GA'd SaaSSaaSSoftware delivered over the internet and run on the provider's infrastructure, so the buyer pays a subscription instead of installing or operating anything locally. License Management alongside a new SaaS ManagementSaaS ManagementA category of software that tracks, governs, and optimises an organisation's portfolio of SaaS subscriptions, covering spend, access, and licence utilisation from a single control plane. shadow-IT discovery tool, added AI Agent identity management with configurable OAuth client authentication types and a private AI Assistant knowledge base, launched a Case Portal later extended to MTP-wide case management, rolled out five new Android device policies, and deprecated the reactivate-user GET endpoint plus the Dynamic Groups API $le/$ge operators.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 7 FEATURES 1 OF 7 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 01
AI Agent identity management new 95

Adds Identity Management > Agents for registering AI agent identities with OAuth client credentials, independent of human accounts: admins set the agent name, owner, and company email, generate OAuth client credentials, and choose a client authentication type of Client secret basic or Client secret post (the latter for platforms like Amazon Bedrock AgentCore that require credentials in the request body); agents are added to Agent Groups, assigned SSOSSOSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management. applications, and authorized to MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. servers via the agent's Applications tab.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Register and configure a new AI agent identity with OAuth credentials so it can access AI Gateway MCP servers independently of any human account.
📍In the Admin Portal: go to Identity Management › Agents and click + Add. Enter the agent name, owner, and company email on the Details tab. On the Authentication tab, generate OAuth client credentials and set the client authentication type to Client secret post if your external platform (e.g. Amazon Bedrock AgentCore) sends credentials in the request body. Under Identity Management › Agent Groups, create an Agent Group, add the agent, and assign SSO applications. On the agent's Applications tab, use Manage connections to authorize MCP servers on behalf of the agent.
Configure an agent to send OAuth credentials in the request body when the external platform (e.g. Amazon Bedrock AgentCore) requires client_secret_post rather than the default header-based method.
📍In the JumpCloud Admin Portal, open the agent record, go to the Authentication tab, and under Client Authentication Type select Client secret post instead of the default Client secret basic.
— Gives exact console path, OAuth auth-type options, and full setup flow. Release Notes 2026 (2026-09-23)changelog-20260923-3d5122e5
02 00
JumpCloud Access Requests new 80

Introduces JumpCloud Access Requests, an approval flow for access requests submitted from the JumpCloud User Portal and managed in the admin console; supports webhook configuration to integrate with ticketing systems such as JIRA, automatically creating tickets and sending real-time notifications on new requests, and tracks Access Request events in Directory Insights. Approval flows are configured in the Admin Portal under Access Requests > Approval Flows, where a webhook can be pointed at a JIRA project URL to receive new-request events.

Create a privileged-access approval flow tied to a JIRA project so that every access request auto-creates a ticket and notifies approvers in real time.
📍In the JumpCloud Admin Portal, go to Access Requests › Approval Flows, create a new flow, assign approver admins, then under Integrations configure a webhook pointing to your JIRA project URL to receive new-request events.
— Names JIRA webhook, Directory Insights tracking, and exact console path. Release Notes 2025 (2026-09-23)
03 00
Private Repository Windows EXE install validation new 70

Windows EXE updates deployed via the Private Repository now require an install success exit code so JumpCloud can confirm installation succeeded; admins update a version through the application's Details tab using Update Version and the Upload File flow, entering the exit code before deploying to associated devices.

Push an updated application binary to all associated devices without rebuilding the app record or reassigning device groups.
📍In the JumpCloud Admin Portal, go to Software Management › Private Repository, open the application's Details tab, click Update Version, upload the new file via the Upload File flow, and (for EXE) enter the install success exit code before deploying.
— Requires the exact new setting with the exact deploy workflow steps. changelog-20260923-3d5122e5
04 00
macOS Ventura upgrade delay/block policy new 65

Adds a Delay or Block MacOS Ventura macOS policy, configured under Device Management > Policies in the Admin Portal, to set an enforcement window that delays or blocks the Ventura upgrade across managed macOS devices.

Block macOS Ventura upgrades fleet-wide while you validate compatibility — configure the delay/block policy before devices auto-upgrade.
📍In the Admin Portal, go to Device Management › Policies, create a new macOS policy, and select Delay or Block MacOS Ventura to set the enforcement window across your managed macOS devices.
— Exact policy name and console path given, ready to configure. Release Notes 2022 (2026-09-23)
05 00
Unified MFA user group exclusions new 65

JumpCloud Protect's Unified MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone. supports User Group Exclusions, configured under Security > MFA > JumpCloud Protect > Unified MFA, allowing a user group to be excluded from Push MFA enforcement so members can still authenticate via TOTPTOTPA one-time password algorithm (RFC 6238) that generates short-lived codes from a shared secret and the current time, giving cyber tools phishing-resistant second-factor authentication without a server round-trip.-only.

Exclude a remote-region user group from Push MFA enforcement so those users can still authenticate via TOTP-only without disrupting their JumpCloud Protect experience.
📍In the JumpCloud Admin Portal, go to Security › MFA › JumpCloud Protect › Unified MFA, open User Group Exclusions, and add the target group to the exclusion list.
— Exact console path and fallback authentication method named. Release Notes 2025 (2026-09-23)
06 00
Push Bombing Mitigation review workflow new 60

Push Bombing Mitigation, configured under Security > MFA Configurations, blocks more than 1 push per resource per 60 seconds; admins can confirm it is enabled and then review blocked fraudulent push attempts by filtering blocked push events in Directory Insights.

When you suspect push-bombing attacks against admin accounts, verify that Push Bombing Mitigation is active and review blocked attempts in Directory Insights.
📍In Admin Portal, go to Security › MFA Configurations, confirm Push Bombing Mitigation is enabled (blocks >1 push per resource per 60 seconds), then open Directory Insights and filter for blocked push events to review fraudulent attempts.
— Gives the exact threshold and console path to verify and review. Release Notes 2023 (2026-09-23)
thinner coverage below
07 00
SentinelOne and Microsoft 365 integration extensions new 40

Integrates SentinelOne agent deployment via JumpCloud Commands for macOS, Windows, and Linux endpoint protection, and extends the Microsoft 365 integration to include M365/Azure AD security groups.

— Names both integrations but no setup steps included. Release Notes 2022 (2026-09-23)
└──▷ ALSO FROM THESE RELEASES
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !
    The GET api/systemusers/reactivate/{id} endpoint is deprecated and now returns a 404 error; all scripts, automations, and integrations must be updated to use POST https://console.jumpcloud.com/systemusers/reactivate/{id} with activation_email in the request body.
  • !
    The $le and $ge memberQuery filter operators in the Dynamic Groups API are deprecated and replaced by $lte and $gte; any API requests using the old operators must be updated.
  • !
    The .appimage Linux build is no longer supported as of April 18, 2024; users must migrate to the RPM or Debian build.
Release Notes 2022 (2026-09-23) Blog Stable

JumpCloud: Launches JumpCloud Case Portal for centralized view of support cases and ideas submitted by any admin in the organization, with filtered search and clickable case detail.

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Block macOS Ventura upgrades fleet-wide while you validate compatibility — configure the delay/block policy before devices auto-upgrade.
📍In the Admin Portal, go to Device Management › Policies, create a new macOS policy, and select Delay or Block MacOS Ventura to set the enforcement window across your managed macOS devices.
Enforce a Conditional AccessConditional AccessA policy enforcement framework, most commonly Microsoft's in Entra ID, that grants or blocks resource access based on signals like user identity, device state, and location — letting cyber tools trigger step-up auth or deny risky sessions. Policy that denies resource access to any device without disk encryption enabled across macOS, Windows, and Linux.
📍In the Admin Portal, go to Security › Conditional Access, create or edit a policy, add a Device Condition, and set the disk encryption requirement to Enabled (FileVault for macOS, system drive for Windows, root disk for Linux).
  • Integrates SentinelOne agent deployment via JumpCloud Commands for macOS, Windows, and Linux endpoint protection.
  • Extends the Microsoft 365 integration to include M365/Azure AD security groups.
  • Integrates SentinelOne agent deployment via JumpCloud Commands for macOS, Windows, and Linux endpoint protection.

1 more in Everything

Release Notes 2024 (2026-09-23) Blog Stable

JumpCloud: Releases SaaS ManagementSaaS ManagementA category of software that tracks, governs, and optimises an organisation's portfolio of SaaS subscriptions, covering spend, access, and licence utilisation from a single control plane. — discover, categorize, warn, and block shadow IT SaaSSaaSSoftware delivered over the internet and run on the provider's infrastructure, so the buyer pays a subscription instead of installing or operating anything locally. apps on user devices via the JumpCloud Go browser extension, with manual app addition and licensing tracking.

└──▷ TRY IT
Migrate an existing user reactivation call from the deprecated GET endpoint to the new POST endpoint to avoid 404 errors.
$ POST https://console.jumpcloud.com/systemusers/reactivate/{id}
Content-Type: application/json

{"activation_email": "user@example.com"}
Enforce MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone. across all MSPMSPA managed service provider, a company that operates IT services for customers. It may manage systems, networks, backups or other ongoing technology needs. admins in a multi-tenant portal from a single setting rather than configuring each admin account individually.
📍In the Admin Portal, go to Account › Settings, then enable Global MFA Requirement under the Global MFA Requirement section.
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !The GET api/systemusers/reactivate/{id} endpoint is deprecated and now returns a 404 error; all scripts, automations, and integrations must be updated to use POST https://console.jumpcloud.com/systemusers/reactivate/{id} with activation_email in the request body.
  • !The $le and $ge memberQuery filter operators in the Dynamic Groups API are deprecated and replaced by $lte and $gte; any API requests using the old operators must be updated.
Release Notes 2025 (2026-09-23) Blog Stable

JumpCloud: Introduces JumpCloud Access Requests, enabling approval flows for access requests submitted from the JumpCloud User Portal and managed in the admin console.

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Exclude a remote-region user group from Push MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone. enforcement so those users can still authenticate via TOTPTOTPA one-time password algorithm (RFC 6238) that generates short-lived codes from a shared secret and the current time, giving cyber tools phishing-resistant second-factor authentication without a server round-trip.-only without disrupting their JumpCloud Protect experience.
📍In the JumpCloud Admin Portal, go to Security › MFA › JumpCloud Protect › Unified MFA, open User Group Exclusions, and add the target group to the exclusion list.
Create a privileged-access approval flow tied to a JIRA project so that every access request auto-creates a ticket and notifies approvers in real time.
📍In the JumpCloud Admin Portal, go to Access Requests › Approval Flows, create a new flow, assign approver admins, then under Integrations configure a webhook pointing to your JIRA project URL to receive new-request events.
  • Supports webhook configuration in Access Requests to integrate with ticketing systems such as JIRA, automatically creating tickets and sending real-time notifications on new requests.
  • Tracks Access Request events in Directory Insights.
  • Releases SaaSSaaSSoftware delivered over the internet and run on the provider's infrastructure, so the buyer pays a subscription instead of installing or operating anything locally. License Management (GA) to automate license tracking for supported SaaS applications and optimize license cost management.
  • Adds MTP admin support for creating and managing support cases across all tenant organizations from within the MTP account.
  • Supports webhook configuration in Access Requests to integrate with ticketing systems such as JIRA, automatically creating tickets and sending real-time notifications on new requests.
  • Releases SaaSSaaSSoftware delivered over the internet and run on the provider's infrastructure, so the buyer pays a subscription instead of installing or operating anything locally. License Management (GA) to automate license tracking for supported SaaS applications and optimize license cost management.

2 more in Everything

Release Notes 2026 (2026-09-23) Blog Stable

JumpCloud: Adds new Android policies for Display Settings (screen brightness and timeout), Autofill (system autofill control on Android 8.0+), Work Account (Google enterprise account requirement), Default App and Intent Handling (managed app as default handler for activities), and enhanced Bluetooth restrictions including outbound Bluetooth file sharing and personal-profile Bluetooth sharing controls via the Work & Personal Usage policy.

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Register and configure a new AI agent identity with OAuth credentials so it can access AI Gateway MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. servers independently of any human account.
📍In the Admin Portal: go to Identity Management › Agents and click + Add. Enter the agent name, owner, and company email on the Details tab. On the Authentication tab, generate OAuth client credentials and set the client authentication type to Client secret post if your external platform (e.g. Amazon Bedrock AgentCore) sends credentials in the request body. Under Identity Management › Agent Groups, create an Agent Group, add the agent, and assign SSO applications. On the agent's Applications tab, use Manage connections to authorize MCP servers on behalf of the agent.
Surface Windows patch compliance gaps across managed devices — without any manual data collection — and export the full result set for audit or ticketing.
📍In the Admin Portal: go to Reports › Device Patch Report (Windows). Review per-device Installed, Pending, and Failed KB status in the portal preview (up to 500 rows), then click Download to export the complete organization result set as CSV.
Ground AI Assistant answers in org-specific runbooks and SOPs by uploading internal documentation into the private knowledge base.
📍In the Admin Portal: go to AI Assistant › Knowledge Base and upload your internal documentation files (PDF, TXT, DOCX, or MD; max 10 MB per file, 25 files per org). AI Assistant will attribute the source document in any chat response that draws on your uploaded content.
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog Stable

JumpCloud: Adds Client secret basic and Client secret post client authentication type options on the agent's Authentication tab, letting agents match the exact OAuth credential-delivery method required by external platforms such as Amazon Bedrock AgentCore.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Push an updated application binary to all associated devices without rebuilding the app record or reassigning device groups.
📍In the JumpCloud Admin Portal, go to Software Management › Private Repository, open the application's Details tab, click Update Version, upload the new file via the Upload File flow, and (for EXE) enter the install success exit code before deploying.
Configure an agent to send OAuth credentials in the request body when the external platform (e.g. Amazon Bedrock AgentCore) requires client_secret_post rather than the default header-based method.
📍In the JumpCloud Admin Portal, open the agent record, go to the Authentication tab, and under Client Authentication Type select Client secret post instead of the default Client secret basic.
  • Requires an install success exit code when deploying Windows EXE updates via the Private Repository so JumpCloud can confirm installation succeeded.

1 more in Everything

Was this useful?

SailPoint

Sources Blog / feed → GA Announcement: Next Generation Certifications (2026-09-22) Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 90/85/80, +15 breaking change, +6 runnable example — 106 How ranking works →

SailPoint's biggest move this window is taking Next Generation Certifications to GA — a rebuilt engine, automatic campaign start, a new email template set, and breaking changes to certification reporting endpoints — alongside a broad expansion of 21 new connectors including Infisical, StackHawk, FOSSA, and Redpanda Cloud Control Plane.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

SailPoint is an identity governance and access management platform that automates user provisioning, access reviews, and compliance across enterprise systems.

SailPoint's biggest move this window is taking Next Generation Certifications to GA — a rebuilt engine, automatic campaign start, a new email template set, and breaking changes to certification reporting endpoints — alongside a broad expansion of 21 new connectors including Infisical, StackHawk, FOSSA, and Redpanda Cloud Control Plane.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 7 FEATURES 3 OF 7 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 01
Certification reporting API endpoint changes breaking 90

The endpoint for extracting certification report data (CSV and PDF) via the /campaign/ and /certification/ reporting flow is changing; existing integrations must be updated per the Certification Reports Endpoint Moving migration guidance.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ Very high-volume offset-paginated calls to the /campaign/ and /certification/ endpoints may time out on tenants with approximately 4,000 or more records, and affected tenants are held from rollout until a fix ships.

— Names exact endpoints, a numeric threshold, and a migration resource. GA Announcement: Next Generation Certificati…
02 00
New certification email template set breaking 85

Introduces a new certification email template set alongside the existing templates (labeled Legacy in the UI) for side-by-side comparison during migration. A small number of template attributes are no longer supported in the new set (see Deprecated Variables in Certs Email Templates), and email templates larger than 133 KB will have images trimmed automatically to fit the new v2 templating engine size limit.

— Concrete size limit and migration resource named, but exact update steps not given. GA Announcement: Next Generation Certificati…
03 02
Next-generation certification engine at GA new 80

A new certification engine scales campaign generation to multi-million items, cutting large campaign generation time from days to minutes. Campaign templates, campaign notification templates, and scheduled campaigns migrate automatically during tenant cutover with no manual recreation. FedRAMPFedRAMPA US government program that standardizes cloud security authorization, letting vendors get a single assessment accepted across federal agencies instead of repeating the process for each one. environments are excluded from this GA rollout, and Role Composition campaigns continue running on the legacy engine until a later migration date.

— Explains scale, migration mechanics and exclusions but no admin action required. GA Announcement: Next Generation Certificati…
04 03
21 new connectors added to identity governance new 60

Adds connector support for Infisical (secrets management platform access), StackHawk (application security testing workflows), FOSSA (license compliance and dependency data), and Redpanda Cloud Control Plane (streaming data infrastructure), plus Anvil, Checkmk, Cloudiway, Condens, DataHub, Employment Hero, Freshcaller, Juniper Mist, Kashoo, LangChain, Nifty, noCRM, Qdrant, Scrive, Trigger, Vendasta, and YouSign.

— Names all 21 connectors but no config or setup detail given. product docs
05 00
'Generate and Start' campaign option new 60

Adds a Generate and Start option so small campaigns kick off immediately after generation without a manual start step, and extends this to campaigns launched from workflows, replacing the legacy manual-start pattern for targeted certifications.

— Named option and behaviour change described, but no exact UI path given. GA Announcement: Next Generation Certificati…
06 00
Post-cutover certification UI and legacy access improved 60

In-flight certifications automatically pick up the improved reviewer UI after tenant cutover with no reviewer action required, and administrators can find campaigns generated before cutover under Legacy Campaigns in the left navigation of the admin console.

After cutover, locate pre-migration campaigns that are no longer on the active list by navigating to the Legacy Campaigns view in the admin console.
📍In the SailPoint admin console, go to Certifications › Legacy Campaigns in the left navigation to view and manage campaigns generated before your tenant cutover date.
— Gives exact navigation path but reviewer UI change itself is undescribed. GA Announcement: Next Generation Certificati…
thinner coverage below
07 00
Enriched Campaign Filters new 45

Adds Enriched Campaign Filters (an in-progress feature) to replace the unsupported combination of search queries and campaign filters on a single campaign; campaigns using both must migrate to filters only via this feature before cutover.

— Named feature and what it replaces, but marked in-progress with no mechanism detail. GA Announcement: Next Generation Certificati…
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !
    The endpoint for extracting certification report data (CSV and PDF) via the /campaign/ and /certification/ reporting flow is changing; existing API integrations that pull report data must be updated per the Certification Reports Endpoint Moving migration guidance.
  • !
    A small number of template attributes are no longer supported in the new certification email template set; customized notification templates using those attributes must be updated after migration (see Deprecated Variables in Certs Email Templates).
  • !
    Very high-volume offset-paginated calls to /campaign/ and /certification/ endpoints may time out on tenants with approximately 4,000 or more records — affected tenants are held from rollout until a fix ships.
  • !
    Campaigns configured with both a search query and campaign filters on the same campaign will not run on the new engine; these must be migrated to use campaign filters only (via Enriched Campaign Filters) before cutover.
  • !
    Email notification templates larger than 133 KB will have images trimmed automatically during migration to fit the new v2 templating engine size limit.
  • !
    Role Composition campaigns are excluded from the new engine at GA and continue to run on the legacy engine until a later migration date.
GA Announcement: Next Generation Certifications (2026-09-22) Blog LatestStable

SailPoint Next Generation Certifications reaches GA, bringing multi-million-item campaign scale, a new reviewer UI, and a Generate and Start option.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
After cutover, locate pre-migration campaigns that are no longer on the active list by navigating to the Legacy Campaigns view in the admin console.
📍In the SailPoint admin console, go to Certifications › Legacy Campaigns in the left navigation to view and manage campaigns generated before your tenant cutover date.
  • Introduces a new certification engine that scales campaign generation to multi-million items, reducing large campaign generation time from days to minutes.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds a Generate and Start option so small campaigns kick off immediately after generation without requiring a manual start step.
  • Adds Generate and Start availability for campaigns launched from workflows, replacing the legacy manual-start pattern for targeted certifications.
  • Migrates campaign templates, campaign notification templates, and scheduled campaigns automatically as part of the engine cutover — no manual recreation required.
  • Introduces a new certification email template set alongside the existing templates (labeled Legacy in the UI), enabling side-by-side comparison during migration.
+5 more show less
  • Adds Enriched Campaign Filters (in-progress feature) to replace the unsupported combination of search queries and campaign filters on a single campaign.
  • In-flight certifications pick up the improved reviewer UI automatically after tenant cutover, with no reviewer action required.
  • Administrators can access campaigns generated before cutover under Legacy Campaigns in the left navigation.
  • Certification report data retrieval endpoint is changing — migration guidance published at the Certification Reports Endpoint Moving resource.
  • FedRAMPFedRAMPA US government program that standardizes cloud security authorization, letting vendors get a single assessment accepted across federal agencies instead of repeating the process for each one. environments are excluded from this GA rollout; availability details to follow.
  • Introduces a new certification engine that scales campaign generation to multi-million items, reducing large campaign generation time from days to minutes.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds a Generate and Start option so small campaigns kick off immediately after generation without requiring a manual start step.
  • Migrates campaign templates, campaign notification templates, and scheduled campaigns automatically as part of the engine cutover — no manual recreation required.
  • Introduces a new certification email template set alongside the existing templates (labeled Legacy in the UI), enabling side-by-side comparison during migration.
  • Adds Enriched Campaign Filters (in-progress feature) to replace the unsupported combination of search queries and campaign filters on a single campaign.
+2 more show less
  • Administrators can access campaigns generated before cutover under Legacy Campaigns in the left navigation.
  • FedRAMPFedRAMPA US government program that standardizes cloud security authorization, letting vendors get a single assessment accepted across federal agencies instead of repeating the process for each one. environments are excluded from this GA rollout; availability details to follow.

3 more in Everything

└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !The endpoint for extracting certification report data (CSV and PDF) via the /campaign/ and /certification/ reporting flow is changing; existing API integrations that pull report data must be updated per the Certification Reports Endpoint Moving migration guidance.
  • !A small number of template attributes are no longer supported in the new certification email template set; customized notification templates using those attributes must be updated after migration (see Deprecated Variables in Certs Email Templates).
  • !Very high-volume offset-paginated calls to /campaign/ and /certification/ endpoints may time out on tenants with approximately 4,000 or more records — affected tenants are held from rollout until a fix ships.
  • !Campaigns configured with both a search query and campaign filters on the same campaign will not run on the new engine; these must be migrated to use campaign filters only (via Enriched Campaign Filters) before cutover.
  • !Email notification templates larger than 133 KB will have images trimmed automatically during migration to fit the new v2 templating engine size limit.
  • !Role Composition campaigns are excluded from the new engine at GA and continue to run on the legacy engine until a later migration date.
Was this useful?

Nudge Security

Sources Release page → Prevent device code phishing with a new in-browser nudge Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 75, +6 runnable example — 81 How ranking works →

Discover every SaaS and AI asset, harden security posture, and scale identity governance.

Nudge Security shipped an in-browser warning that fires on OAuth device codeOAuth device codeAn OAuth 2.0 flow where a device with no browser displays a short code; the user authenticates on a separate device, and the original device polls for the resulting token. Useful for CLI tools and headless environments. authorization pages to block device code phishing attacks.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 1 FEATURE 0 OF 1 FEATURE most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
In-browser nudge for OAuth device code phishing new 75

A new in-browser nudge fires on every visit to an OAuth device code authorization page for Microsoft, Google, GitHub, GitLab, Salesforce, AWS, Docker, Zoom, Vercel, and OpenAI, warning employees never to enter a code provided by someone else.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ Every employee acknowledgment is recorded as a nudge response for audit and tracking, and the detection is configured and enabled in Browser Extension Settings.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Enable the device code phishing nudge so employees are warned in real time whenever they land on an OAuth device code authorization page.
📍In the Nudge Security console, go to Browser Extension Settings, locate the device code phishing detection option, and turn on the nudge.
— Names exact config location and covered providers, but no API/flag. Prevent device code phishing with a new in-b…
Prevent device code phishing with a new in-browser nudge Notes LatestStable

Nudge Security adds an in-browser warning on OAuth device codeOAuth device codeAn OAuth 2.0 flow where a device with no browser displays a short code; the user authenticates on a separate device, and the original device polls for the resulting token. Useful for CLI tools and headless environments. pages to block device code phishing attacks.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Enable the device code phishing nudge so employees are warned in real time whenever they land on an OAuth device code authorization page.
📍In the Nudge Security console, go to Browser Extension Settings, locate the device code phishing detection option, and turn on the nudge.
  • Adds a new in-browser nudge that fires on every visit to an OAuth device code authorization page for Microsoft, Google, GitHub, GitLab, Salesforce, AWS, Docker, Zoom, Vercel, and OpenAI, warning employees never to enter a code provided by someone else.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Records every employee acknowledgment of the device code phishing nudge as a nudge response for audit and tracking.
  • Configure detection and enable the device code phishing nudge in Browser Extension Settings.

3 details in Everything

Was this useful?

Passbolt

Sources Changelog → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog Rank Why this rank top features scored 45, +10 product media — 55 How ranking works →

Manage and share passwords securely with Passbolt. Open source, audited and built for teams that need collaboration, compliance and control.

Passbolt 5.16.0 introduces a beta Offline Mode in its browser extension, letting users access and autofill selected credentials when the server is unreachable.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 1 FEATURE 0 OF 1 FEATURE most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Offline Mode (Beta) in browser extension new 45

Passbolt 5.16.0 adds Offline Mode (Beta) to the browser extension, giving users secure read-only access and autofill for selected credentials when the Passbolt server cannot be reached.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Names the feature and behaviour but no config, scope limits or mechanism. changelog-20260923-fa63499d
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog LatestStable

Passbolt 5.16.0 adds Offline Mode (Beta) for secure read-only access and autofill when the server is unreachable.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Was this useful?

1Password

Sources Blog / feed → 1Password for Mac beta 8.12.40-23 (2026-09-23) Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 81/50/37, +6 runnable example — 62 How ranking works →

All the latest releases from the 1Password team

1Password for Mac's latest beta adds native macOS Autofill support for one-time passwords and streamlines developer workflows with GitHub ActionsGitHub ActionsGitHub's built-in CI/CD system that runs automated workflows triggered by repository events, letting cyber tools automate testing, building, and releasing without managing separate pipeline infrastructure. setup guidance and faster API credential creation.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 3 FEATURES 0 OF 3 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Save one-time passwords via macOS Autofill new 81

1Password for Mac can now act as the system provider for one-time password codes through macOS Autofill.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ Enable it by going to System Settings > General > AutoFill & Passwords > Set Up Codes In and selecting 1Password.

Enable macOS to offer 1Password as the provider for one-time password codes during Autofill on your Mac.
📍In System Settings, go to General › AutoFill & Passwords › Set Up Codes In and select 1Password.
— Exact config path and usage steps given, mechanism explained. 1Password for Mac beta 8.12.40-23 (2026-09-23)
thinner coverage below
02 00
GitHub Actions setup instructions in Developer Environments new 50

A new button in Developer > Environments > GitHub Actions destination lets users view setup instructions directly.

— UI path named but no detail on instruction content. 1Password for Mac beta 8.12.40-23 (2026-09-23)
03 00
API Credential promoted on New Item screen improved 37

API Credential is now positioned near the top of the New Item screen for faster access.

— Names the item type but gives no further mechanism. 1Password for Mac beta 8.12.40-23 (2026-09-23)
1Password for Mac beta 8.12.40-23 (2026-09-23) Blog LatestStable

1Password for Mac now supports saving one-time passwords via macOS Autofill, plus GitHub ActionsGitHub ActionsGitHub's built-in CI/CD system that runs automated workflows triggered by repository events, letting cyber tools automate testing, building, and releasing without managing separate pipeline infrastructure. setup instructions in Developer Environments.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Enable macOS to offer 1Password as the provider for one-time password codes during Autofill on your Mac.
📍In System Settings, go to General › AutoFill & Passwords › Set Up Codes In and select 1Password.
  • Adds support for saving one-time passwords in 1Password through macOS Autofill — configure via System Settings > General > AutoFill & Passwords > Set Up Codes In, selecting 1Password.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds a button in Developer > Environments > GitHub Actions destination to view setup instructions.
  • Promotes API Credential to near the top of the New Item screen for faster access.
  • Adds support for saving one-time passwords in 1Password through macOS Autofill — configure via System Settings > General > AutoFill & Passwords > Set Up Codes In, selecting 1Password.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

2 more in Everything

Was this useful?
◆  Secure Access (VPN / SASE / ZTNA)

DNSFilter

Sources Blog / feed → 09/22 September 22 – Web Application and API Update (2026-09-22) Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 65/60/55, +6 runnable example — 66 How ranking works →

Give feedback to the DNSFilter team so we can make more informed product decisions. Powered by Canny.

DNSFilter's dashboard update adds visibility into why domains are blocked and who triggered CyberSight activity, tightens deletion safety for Roaming Clients, and scopes deployment access controls for read-only and policy-only users.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 4 FEATURES 0 OF 4 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Scoped deployment access for read-only and policy-only users improved 65

Scopes deployment access controls for read-only and policy-only users across Sites, Relays, and Roaming Clients — hiding Site Keys, disabling Relay deployment controls, and restricting Roaming Client installer access, each with a tooltip directing users to contact a dashboard admin.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Names each restricted surface but gives no exact navigation path. 09/22 September 22 – Web Application and API…
02 00
'Blocked By' column in Unblock Requests grids new 60

Adds a Blocked By column to the Active Requests and Request History grids showing the reason each domain was blocked, consistent with the Query Log's Method column, and also visible in the approval drawer.

Review why a domain was blocked without leaving the Unblock Requests queue — the new Blocked By column surfaces the blocking reason inline.
📍In the dashboard, go to Unblock Requests › Active Requests or Request History and locate the Blocked By column in the grid, or open the approval drawer for any request to see the blocking reason.
— Names exact grids and column but not underlying blocking logic. 09/22 September 22 – Web Application and API…
thinner coverage below
03 00
Last Logged In User in CyberSight Top Clients new 55

Adds Last Logged In User as a default column and Friendly Name as an optional column in the CyberSight Top Clients View All grids on Activity Overview and AI Usage.

Identify the person behind a Roaming Client hit in CyberSight without drilling into individual device records.
📍In the dashboard, go to CyberSight › Activity Overview (or AI Usage) › Top Clients › View All and review the Last Logged In User column; click the column chooser to optionally add Friendly Name.
— Exact column names and navigation given, no further mechanism. 09/22 September 22 – Web Application and API…
04 00
Type-to-confirm for Roaming Client deletion improved 45

Introduces a type-to-confirm requirement for deleting Roaming Clients and for running cleanup deletions, preventing accidental mass deletions.

— Describes the safeguard but no UI steps or confirmation text given. 09/22 September 22 – Web Application and API…
09/22 September 22 – Web Application and API Update (2026-09-22) Blog LatestStable

DNSFilter adds Blocked By column to Unblock Requests grids, type-to-confirm for Roaming Client deletion, and Last Logged In User in CyberSight Top Clients.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Review why a domain was blocked without leaving the Unblock Requests queue — the new Blocked By column surfaces the blocking reason inline.
📍In the dashboard, go to Unblock Requests › Active Requests or Request History and locate the Blocked By column in the grid, or open the approval drawer for any request to see the blocking reason.
Identify the person behind a Roaming Client hit in CyberSight without drilling into individual device records.
📍In the dashboard, go to CyberSight › Activity Overview (or AI Usage) › Top Clients › View All and review the Last Logged In User column; click the column chooser to optionally add Friendly Name.
  • Adds a Blocked By column to the Active Requests and Request History grids showing the reason each domain was blocked, consistent with the Query Log's Method column, and also visible in the approval drawer.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds Last Logged In User as a default column and Friendly Name as an optional column in the CyberSight Top Clients View All grids on Activity Overview and AI Usage.
  • Introduces type-to-confirm requirement for deleting Roaming Clients and running cleanup deletions, preventing accidental mass deletions.
  • Scopes deployment access controls for read-only and policy-only users across Sites, Relays, and Roaming Clients — hiding Site Keys, disabling Relay deployment controls, and restricting Roaming Client installer access, each with a tooltip directing users to contact a dashboard admin.
  • Adds a Blocked By column to the Active Requests and Request History grids showing the reason each domain was blocked, consistent with the Query Log's Method column, and also visible in the approval drawer.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

3 more in Everything

Was this useful?

tailscale

Sources Blog / feed → View device posture status (2026-09-23) Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 95/95/95, +15 breaking change, +6 runnable example — 116 How ranking works →

The easiest, most secure way to use WireGuard and 2FA.

Tailscale's biggest window yet: it launched Aperture, a centralized AI gateway that routes LLMLLMA large language model, a neural network trained on large amounts of text to recognize patterns and generate language. Applications use it for tasks such as answering, summarizing and writing code. requests through tailnet identity with guardrails, connectors, dashboards and retention controls, alongside Tailscale PAMPAMBrokering administrator sessions through a gateway instead of handing out standing credentials. Access is granted for one session, to one target, and recorded. (beta), a full privileged access managementprivileged access managementBrokering administrator sessions through a gateway instead of handing out standing credentials. Access is granted for one session, to one target, and recorded. platform with connectors, secrets management, Terraform IaCIaCInfrastructure as Code: the practice of defining and provisioning compute infrastructure through machine-readable config files rather than manual processes, giving cyber tools repeatable, version-controlled environment setup., and custom S3-backed session recording.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ It also documented Tailnet Lock's node-signing workflow, added device posture detail to the Machines page, and gave the GitHub Action a log-mode flag.

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 15 FEATURES 3 OF 15 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Aperture access for devices outside the tailnet new 95

Aperture can be reached from devices outside the tailnet via ts-unplug, a standalone proxy from the ts-plug repository built with make ts-unplug that accepts -dir and -port flags and forwards local traffic to an Aperture gateway, or via an Aperture CLI bridge activated from the Bridges settings menu that embeds a Tailscale node inside the CLI and auto-configures launched coding agents to use a local proxy endpoint.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ Both support auth key authentication for non-interactive approval in ephemeral environments such as CI/CD runners, enabling cross-tailnet and contractor/personal-device access to Aperture without installing Tailscale.

Run ts-unplug on a CI runner to expose Aperture on a fixed local port without installing Tailscale on the host.
$ ./build/ts-unplug -dir ./state -port <aperture-hostname>.<tailnet-name>.ts.net
Verify the ts-unplug proxy is forwarding requests correctly before wiring it into a script or CI job.
$ curl -s http://localhost:8080/v1/messages \
  -H "Content-Type: application/json" \
  -d '{"model": "claude-haiku-4-5-20251001", "max_tokens": 25, "messages": [{"role": "user", "content": "respond with: hello"}]}'
Create and activate an Aperture CLI bridge for an interactive coding session on a device outside the tailnet.
📍1. Run aperture, then press s to open Settings. 2. Select Bridges, press a, and enter a name (e.g. ci-runner). 3. Return to Settings, select Aperture Endpoints, press a, choose Bridge, select the bridge, and enter your Aperture URL (e.g. http://<aperture-hostname>.<tailnet-name>.ts.net). 4. Select the new endpoint to activate it, then open the printed authentication URL in a browser. 5. If required, approve the device in the Machines page of the admin console.
— Named flags and runnable commands provided. product docs
02 00
External secret references in PAM service config new 95

Tailscale PAM service configuration fields (upstream username, password, hostname, AWS access key ID, AWS secret access key) for SSH, database, and AWS PAM service types can reference external secrets instead of storing plaintext values, using from:env:<VARIABLE> to read environment variables at connector runtime, from:file:<PATH> to read a file on the connector host, from:aws:ssm:<PATH> and from:aws:secretsmanager:<PATH> to pull from AWS Systems Manager Parameter Store or Secrets Manager (requiring connector IAMIAMIdentity and Access Management — a framework of policies and services for controlling who can authenticate to systems and what resources they are authorized to use, letting cyber tools enforce least-privilege and audit access. read permissions), and from:keeper:<RECORD>:<FIELD> to pull from Keeper Secrets Manager via the ksm CLI installed on the connector host. A jq_exp=<expression> option on any from: reference extracts a single field from a JSON secret using dot notation, e.g. from:aws:secretsmanager:production-database,jq_exp=.password.

Configure a database PAM service to pull its username from an environment variable and its password from AWS SSMAWS SSMAWS Systems Manager, an Amazon service that lets operators manage EC2 instances and on-premises servers without opening inbound ports, replacing SSH with API-driven session and command execution. Parameter Store — no plaintext credentials in the service config.
text
Username: from:env:RDS_USERNAME
Password: from:aws:ssm:/production/database/password
Extract individual fields from a JSON secret stored in AWS Secrets Manager so a single secret object can serve both username and password fields.
text
Username: from:aws:secretsmanager:production-database,jq_exp=.username
Password: from:aws:secretsmanager:production-database,jq_exp=.password
Configure an SSH PAM service to retrieve its credentials from a local file and AWS Secrets Manager, keeping secrets out of Tailscale PAM configuration entirely.
text
Username: from:file:/etc/ssh_username
Password: from:aws:secretsmanager:/staging/sshpassword
— Exact syntax and worked examples for every secret backend. product docs
03 00
Custom S3 bucket for PAM session recordings new 95

Tailscale PAM (Premium plan) can store session recordings in a customer-owned Amazon S3 bucket instead of Tailscale-managed storage, via a cross-account IAM role. Setup requires an IAM policy granting s3:PutObject, s3:GetObject, s3:ListBucket, and s3:GetBucketLocation on the bucket ARNs, a trust policy allowing Tailscale PAM's AWS account (arn:aws:iam::235487987553:root) to sts:AssumeRole (optionally scoped with an sts:ExternalId condition), and configuration in a new Recording storage section of the PAM page in the admin console (bucket name, role ARN, optional external ID, optional region). Switching to a custom bucket does not migrate existing recordings — previously stored recordings become unavailable for replay in the admin console.

Create the IAM policy granting Tailscale PAM read/write access to your S3 bucket, then attach it to a cross-account role Tailscale can assume — no long-lived AWS credentials required.
json
{
  "Version": "2012-10-17",
  "Statement": [
    {
      "Action": [
        "s3:PutObject",
        "s3:GetObject",
        "s3:ListBucket",
        "s3:GetBucketLocation"
      ],
      "Resource": [
        "arn:aws:s3:::my-pam-recordings",
        "arn:aws:s3:::my-pam-recordings/*"
      ],
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Sid": "AllowAccessS3Bucket"
    }
  ]
}
Lock down the IAM role trust policy so only Tailscale PAM's account can assume it, using an external ID to prevent confused-deputy attacks.
json
{
  "Version": "2012-10-17",
  "Statement": [
    {
      "Effect": "Allow",
      "Principal": {
        "AWS": ["arn:aws:iam::235487987553:root"]
      },
      "Action": "sts:AssumeRole",
      "Condition": {
        "StringEquals": {
          "sts:ExternalId": "my-unique-external-id"
        }
      }
    }
  ]
}
Point Tailscale PAM at your S3 bucket after creating the AWS resources, so new session recordings are written to your own account instead of Tailscale-managed storage.
📍1. Open the PAM page of the Tailscale admin console. 2. In the Recording storage section, select Configure storage. 3. Enter the name of your S3 bucket (e.g. my-pam-recordings). 4. Enter the ARN of the IAM role (e.g. arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/pam-recordings). 5. Enter the External ID you set in the IAM role trust policy. 6. Optionally enter the AWS region containing the bucket. 7. Select Save.
— Concrete IAM policy JSON and console steps given. product docs
04 01
Tailnet Lock node-signing workflow new 95

Tailnet Lock lets trusted nodes cryptographically sign new peers so no node joins the tailnet without approval, even if Tailscale's infrastructure is compromised, via a tailnet key authority (TKA) that tracks trusted signing keys so peers can verify signatures before connecting. It's managed with tailscale lock init (enables Tailnet Lock, generating ten disablement secrets and distributing trusted keys), tailscale lock sign nodekey:<key> tlpub:<key> (signs a new node from a trusted signing node), tailscale lock status (verifies provisioning state), tailscale lock disable (disables using a stored disablement secret), and tailscale lock local-disable (lets a node ignore Tailnet Lock without a disablement secret, as a recovery option). A property:locked-out filter on the Machines page finds nodes awaiting a signature, and macOS, Windows, and iOS clients (with QR code support on iOS) support signing via app links as a CLI alternative.

Sign a newly joined node from a trusted signing node so it can participate in the tailnet — supply the node key and Tailnet Lock public key shown in the admin console.
$ tailscale lock sign nodekey:1abddef1 tlpub:abcdef12
— Every subcommand named with a runnable example. product docs
05 02
Aperture AI gateway with identity-based provider routing new 90

Aperture is a centralized AI gateway that routes LLM requests to upstream providers (OpenAI, Anthropic, Google) using Tailscale identity for authentication, so no API keys are distributed to developer devices or CI/CD systems. The gateway centrally manages provider API keys in server configuration and injects them per request; the openai_chat compatibility flag plus baseurl and apikey config fields let any provider exposing a /v1/chat/completions endpoint (Groq, Together AI, Fireworks, Mistral, DeepSeek, Perplexity, and others) work without code changes, and auth_mode: passthrough forwards a client-supplied Authorization header for subscription plans like Claude Max or ChatGPT Plus. Devices provisioned via approved single-use auth keys through the built-in tailnet connector get custom:createdByAperture and custom:createdByAI node attributes, and requests can also be routed to self-hosted LLMsLLMsA large language model, a neural network trained on large amounts of text to recognize patterns and generate language. Applications use it for tasks such as answering, summarizing and writing code. inside a tailnet without exposing endpoints publicly.

Route any OpenAI-compatible provider (e.g. Groq) through Aperture by pointing to its base URL — clients then use model names as normal, with no provider credentials on their devices.
yaml
baseurl: "https://api.groq.com/openai"
apikey: "<your-groq-key>"
compatibility: openai_chat
Use a Claude Max or ChatGPT Plus subscription plan with Aperture by enabling passthrough mode, which forwards the client-supplied Authorization header instead of injecting a centrally managed key.
yaml
auth_mode: "passthrough"
— Config keys and provider list given; no endpoint documented. product docs
06 03
Tailscale PAM (beta) platform launch new 85

Tailscale PAM (beta) is a privileged access management platform, enabled from the PAM page of the admin console, which automatically creates the tag:border0-managed tag, an autoApprovers rule, an initial PAM application grant for autogroup:admin, and an OIDCOIDCOpenID Connect, a sign-in protocol built on OAuth 2.0. An application uses identity information from a trusted provider instead of maintaining a separate password for each user. trust credential viewable on the Trust credentials page. It proxies sessions to SSH, HTTP/HTTPSHTTPSHTTP carried over an encrypted TLS connection. It protects traffic in transit and lets a browser verify the server's certificate., RDPRDPA Microsoft protocol that lets a user view and control a remote Windows desktop over a network, giving cyber tools a standard channel to audit, attack-simulate, or monitor Windows systems remotely., VNC, Kubernetes, and arbitrary TCPTCPA network protocol that delivers a reliable, ordered stream of bytes between two endpoints. It detects lost data and retransmits it.-port services, plus databases including Amazon RDS, Elasticsearch, Google Cloud SQL, Microsoft SQL Server, MongoDB, MySQL, PostgreSQL, and Snowflake, all defined on the Services page (e.g. Secure Shell - Standard Shell). PAM connectors — deployable on Linux, AWS EC2EC2Amazon's cloud virtual-machine service, letting tools run on-demand servers without managing physical hardware., Docker, and Kubernetes, with a high-availability mode — act as identity-aware application proxies handling session termination, real-time policy enforcement, session recording, and secrets/credential injection via configurable secret stores; a WebAssembly-based browser client gives agentless access to SSH, MySQL/Postgres databases, and RDP directly from a browser at my.tailscale.com with no client install. Access is governed by grants in the tailnet policy file (editable on the Access controls page) supporting conditions on user identity, specific PAM services, device posture/MDM, time, and IP/country, and Tailscale syncs tailnet users and groups into PAM automatically, mapping Owner/Admin/IT admin to PAM Admin, Member/Billing admin to Client Access Only, and Network admin/Auditor to Read Only. All connector-to-device tunnels are encrypted with WireGuard, and PAM provides complete session auditing and recording.

Add a new PAM-managed SSH or database service to your tailnet so privileged access is brokered through Tailscale PAM.
📍1. Open the Services page of the Tailscale admin console. 2. Select Add service, then PAM service. 3. Select a service type (e.g. SSH, PostgreSQL, RDP) and select Continue. 4. Follow the prompts and select a PAM connector for the service. 5. Select Save to activate the service.
Enable Tailscale PAM and create a connector so privileged SSH access is proxied through your tailnet without manually configuring tags or approvals.
📍1. In the Tailscale admin console, go to PAM and select Enable. 2. Go to Connectors, select Add connector, choose your platform (Linux, AWS EC2, Docker, or Kubernetes), and follow the Launch new connector instructions. 3. Go to Services, select Add service › PAM service › Secure Shell - Standard Shell, choose your connector, and select Save.
Access a PAM-managed SSH or database service from a browser without installing the Tailscale client — useful for onboarding users or accessing services from unmanaged devices.
📍1. In a browser, navigate to my.tailscale.com. 2. Log in with your Tailscale account. 3. Select the PAM service you want to access.
Grant a specific user access to a PAM service (e.g., a PostgreSQL database) by referencing them in a grant in the tailnet policy file — the default is no access until explicitly granted.
📍In the Tailscale admin console, go to Access controls to open the tailnet policy file, then add a grant referencing the user and the desired PAM service.
— Extensive named surfaces across five docs pages. product docs
07 00
Terraform provider for PAM resources new 85

Tailscale PAM resources can be managed as Infrastructure as Code via the borderzero/border0 Terraform provider, authenticated with the BORDER0_TOKEN environment variable. The border0_connector resource creates and manages PAM connectors, and the border0_socket resource creates and manages PAM services with socket_type, connector_ids, and http_configuration.upstream_url fields.

Provision a PAM connector and an HTTP service together in one Terraform config, authenticated via an env var to avoid storing secrets in HCL.
$ export BORDER0_TOKEN="<service-account-token>"
terraform init
terraform apply
Define a PAM connector and associate an HTTP service with it so an internal admin app is reachable through Tailscale PAM.
hcl
terraform {
  required_providers {
    border0 = {
      source = "borderzero/border0"
    }
  }
}

provider "border0" {}

resource "border0_connector" "production" {
  name        = "production"
  description = "Tailscale PAM connector for production services"
}

resource "border0_socket" "internal_admin" {
  name          = "internal-admin"
  description   = "Internal admin application"
  socket_type   = "http"
  connector_ids = [border0_connector.production.id]

  http_configuration {
    upstream_url = "https://admin.internal.example.com"
  }
}
— Named resources with a runnable Terraform config. product docs
08 00
Aperture usage dashboard, spending controls and exports new 70

Aperture's admin dashboard adds a Usage Overview page with organization-wide adoption analytics — active users over time, usage histograms, and per-user/per-model/per-time-period cost tracking — plus configurable budgets, per-user spending limits, per-user quotas, and token purchasing. A Logs page groups related requests into sessions for admin-level conversation and coding-task tracing with full request/response data, and usage data can be exported to external authorization engines and log aggregators for observability and governance.

— Named UI pages but no API or config key given. product docs
09 00
Aperture CLI, chat UI and coding-agent integrations new 60

Aperture ships a CLI for discovering, configuring, and running coding agents through the Aperture proxy, and a built-in chat UI so users can talk to LLMs directly through their browser without a separate client. Client integrations route requests through the Aperture proxy, authenticated via Tailscale identity, for Claude Code (including its GitHub Action, so CI runners authenticate with Tailscale identity instead of individual API keys), Claude Desktop, OpenAI Codex, OpenCode, and OpenAI-compatible tools including Gemini CLI, Roo Code, and Cline. An alpha Tailscale skill lets coding agents such as Claude Code, Cursor, or OpenAI Codex work with Tailscale configuration, the CLI, and the API.

— Lists many integrations, no commands or flags given. product docs
thinner coverage below
10 00
Aperture connectors for MCP servers and HTTP APIs new 50

Aperture connectors proxy connections to external MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. servers and HTTP APIs, injecting authentication automatically so AI agents discover available services through the MCP tool list without managing individual credentials; MCP server proxying aggregates tools and resources from remote MCP servers with identity-based access control.

— Mechanism described, no config keys given. product docs
11 00
Aperture data retention, privacy controls and SIEM export new 50

A configurable retention policy controls how long Aperture keeps captured request/response bodies, including a zero data retention mode that prevents prompt or response content from ever being written to disk, alongside broader configurable data retention and privacy controls governing where request content is stored and exported. Captured logs and events can also be exported to external SIEMSIEMSecurity information and event management, collecting logs from many systems and correlating events to find suspicious activity. Analysts use it to investigate alerts and incidents. systems for durable storage and review.

— Zero-retention mode named, no config key given. product docs
12 00
Custom DNS domains for PAM HTTP services new 50

Tailscale PAM supports custom DNS domains for HTTP services, with wildcard CNAMECNAMEA DNS record type that maps one hostname to another as a canonical alias, letting cyber tools track infrastructure by following chains of names to their true origin. routing and automatic TLS provisioning; when registering multiple custom domains, a Make this the default domain option designates which domain is primary for PAM HTTP services.

Expose a PAM HTTP service at a human-readable hostname under your own domain instead of the default PAM hostname.
📍In the Tailscale admin console, go to PAM › Domains › Add domain. Enter your domain (e.g. infra.example.com), then add the two CNAME records shown: *.infra.example.com CNAME <your-pam-subdomain>.border0.io _acme-challenge.infra.example.com CNAME <domain>.<your-pam-subdomain>.acme.border0.io Once DNS propagates, select Save. Your PAM HTTP service named wiki will be reachable at https://wiki.infra.example.com.
— Single toggle described; example shows CNAME setup steps. product docs
13 00
Device posture detail on Machines page improved 50

The Machines page in the admin console now shows, per machine, each posture assertion required by a device posture check, the machine's current value for that assertion, whether it is passing, and a count of policy file rules that affect the machine and require that posture.

Verify which posture assertions a specific machine is failing and how many policy rules depend on them, to diagnose access issues.
📍In the admin console, go to Machines › select a machine › Device posture status. For each posture assertion, review the required value, the machine's current value, the pass/fail status, and the count of policy file rules that require that posture.
— Named UI location, no API or CLI equivalent given. View device posture status (2026-09-23)
14 00
Log-mode control in GitHub Action new 45

The Tailscale GitHub Action (v4.2.0) adds a log-mode parameter to control whether log output is grouped, ungrouped, or quiet.

— Single flag with its three values named, no usage example. Tailscale GitHub Action v4.2.0 (2026-09-22)
15 00
Aperture guardrails for request inspection new 40

Aperture guardrails inspect, modify, or block LLM requests at the gateway before they leave the network, enabling PIIPIIPersonally Identifiable Information — data that can identify a specific individual, such as names, email addresses, or SSNs. Cyber tools flag or redact it to limit exposure and meet privacy regulations. scrubbing, tool-declaration restrictions, and content policy enforcement.

— Describes function only, no config surface named. product docs
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !
    Switching recording storage location does not migrate existing recordings — recordings previously stored by Tailscale will no longer be available for replay in the admin console after switching to a custom S3 bucket.
View device posture status (2026-09-23) Blog LatestStable

Tailscale admin console now shows per-machine posture assertion details and policy rule counts on the Machines page.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Verify which posture assertions a specific machine is failing and how many policy rules depend on them, to diagnose access issues.
📍In the admin console, go to Machines › select a machine › Device posture status. For each posture assertion, review the required value, the machine's current value, the pass/fail status, and the count of policy file rules that require that posture.
  • In the admin console, the Machines page now displays each posture assertion required by a device posture check, the machine's current value for that assertion, whether it is passing, and a count of policy file rules that affect the machine and require that posture.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

1 detail in Everything

Tailscale GitHub Action v4.2.0 (2026-09-22) Blog Stable

Tailscale GitHub Action v4.2.0 adds log-mode parameter to control grouped, ungrouped, or quiet log output.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Was this useful?
◆  Public Key Infrastructure (PKI)

DigiCert CertCentral

Sources Release page → September 22, 2026 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 88, +6 runnable example — 94 How ranking works →

CertCentral now automatically revalidates domains every five days using the Persistent DNS TXT Record DCVDNS TXT Record DCVA domain control validation method where a certificate authority asks you to publish a specific value in a DNS TXT record, proving you control the domain before issuing a TLS certificate. method, removing the need to manually resubmit domains before their validation expires.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

DigiCert CertCentral is a centralized platform for managing SSL/TLS certificates, automating issuance, renewal, and deployment across infrastructure.

CertCentral now automatically revalidates domains every five days using the Persistent DNS TXT Record DCVDNS TXT Record DCVA domain control validation method where a certificate authority asks you to publish a specific value in a DNS TXT record, proving you control the domain before issuing a TLS certificate. method, removing the need to manually resubmit domains before their validation expires.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 1 FEATURE 1 OF 1 FEATURE most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 01
Automatic revalidation via Persistent DNS TXT Record DCV new 88

CertCentral adds automatic domain revalidation using the Persistent DNS TXTDNS TXTA DNS record type that stores arbitrary text strings in a domain's zone data, often used by cyber tools to exfiltrate data, verify domain ownership, or publish policy information like SPF and DMARC. Record DCVDCVDomain Control Validation, a certificate-authority process that proves an applicant controls a domain before issuing a TLS certificate; cyber tools use it to automate certificate provisioning workflows. method: as long as the Persistent DNS TXT record with the correct persistent URI value (Account or Unique) remains in place, DigiCert checks and revalidates the domain every five days, and validation is reusable for nine days before revalidation is required.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ This applies to domains for OV and EV TLS, Qualified Website Authentication Certificates (QWAC), QWAC PSD2, PKIo Private Services Server, and X9 PKIPKIA framework of policies, roles, and cryptographic standards for issuing and managing digital certificates that bind public keys to identities, letting tools verify authenticity and encrypt communications without pre-shared secrets. for TLS certificate types, with validated domains added to the Domains page where revalidation runs, eliminating the need to manually resubmit domains before expiry.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Enroll a domain in automatic 5-day revalidation so certificate issuance is never delayed by an expired domain validation — do this once via the CertCentral Domains page.
📍In CertCentral, go to Domains, add or select your domain, choose Persistent DNS TXT Record as the DCV method, complete the initial validation, then leave the DNS TXT record with the correct persistent URI value (Account or Unique) in place. DigiCert will revalidate the domain automatically every five days.
— Names mechanism, cadence, cert types and UI path clearly September 22, 2026
September 22, 2026 Notes LatestStable

CertCentral now auto-revalidates domains via Persistent DNS TXT Record DCVDNS TXT Record DCVA domain control validation method where a certificate authority asks you to publish a specific value in a DNS TXT record, proving you control the domain before issuing a TLS certificate. every five days, preventing expired validations from blocking certificate issuance.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Enroll a domain in automatic 5-day revalidation so certificate issuance is never delayed by an expired domain validation — do this once via the CertCentral Domains page.
📍In CertCentral, go to Domains, add or select your domain, choose Persistent DNS TXT Record as the DCV method, complete the initial validation, then leave the DNS TXT record with the correct persistent URI value (Account or Unique) in place. DigiCert will revalidate the domain automatically every five days.
  • Adds automatic domain revalidation using the Persistent DNS TXTDNS TXTA DNS record type that stores arbitrary text strings in a domain's zone data, often used by cyber tools to exfiltrate data, verify domain ownership, or publish policy information like SPF and DMARC. Record DCVDCVDomain Control Validation, a certificate-authority process that proves an applicant controls a domain before issuing a TLS certificate; cyber tools use it to automate certificate provisioning workflows. method, where DigiCert checks and revalidates domains every five days as long as the Persistent DNS TXT record with the correct persistent URI value (Account or Unique) remains in place.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Supports automatic revalidation for OV and EV TLS, Qualified Website Authentication Certificates (QWAC), QWAC PSD2, PKIo Private Services Server, and X9 PKIPKIA framework of policies, roles, and cryptographic standards for issuing and managing digital certificates that bind public keys to identities, letting tools verify authenticity and encrypt communications without pre-shared secrets. for TLS certificate types — with validated domains added to the Domains page where revalidation runs.
  • Persistent DNS TXT domain validation is reusable for nine days before revalidation is required, with the automatic process eliminating the need to manually resubmit domains before expiry.
  • Adds automatic domain revalidation using the Persistent DNS TXTDNS TXTA DNS record type that stores arbitrary text strings in a domain's zone data, often used by cyber tools to exfiltrate data, verify domain ownership, or publish policy information like SPF and DMARC. Record DCVDCVDomain Control Validation, a certificate-authority process that proves an applicant controls a domain before issuing a TLS certificate; cyber tools use it to automate certificate provisioning workflows. method, where DigiCert checks and revalidates domains every five days as long as the Persistent DNS TXT record with the correct persistent URI value (Account or Unique) remains in place.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Supports automatic revalidation for OV and EV TLS, Qualified Website Authentication Certificates (QWAC), QWAC PSD2, PKIo Private Services Server, and X9 PKIPKIA framework of policies, roles, and cryptographic standards for issuing and managing digital certificates that bind public keys to identities, letting tools verify authenticity and encrypt communications without pre-shared secrets. for TLS certificate types — with validated domains added to the Domains page where revalidation runs.

1 more in Everything

Was this useful?
◆  Data Security & DLP

bytebase

Sources Release notes → 3.22.1 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 90/85/85, +15 breaking change, +6 runnable example — 107.67 How ranking works →

Database governance built for humans and agents — controlling changes and access across every major database.

Bytebase renamed its Worksheets service to a permission-scoped SavedQueryService with per-object sharing, shipped a new bytebase recovery break-glass CLI, added project-scoped instances, a SQL Editor Data Explorer, and login lockout, alongside GPT-5 model support and a string of security-hardening breaking changes to /metrics, /v1/actuator/info, and account sign-in enforcement.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 16 FEATURES 7 OF 16 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
bytebase recovery CLI for locked-out admins new 90

Adds bytebase recovery CLI command as a break-glass path to re-enable password sign-in or reset a user's password directly against the metadata database, bypassing the UI.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Recover a locked-out admin by re-enabling password sign-in directly against the metadata database when the UI is inaccessible.
$ bytebase recovery
— Runnable command with clear mechanism and use case. 3.22.0
02 01
SavedQueryService replaces WorksheetService breaking 85

Renames WorksheetService to SavedQueryService, replacing REST paths /v1/{parent=projects/*}/worksheets… with /v1/{parent=projects/*}/savedQueries… and …/savedQueryFolders…, with no compatibility aliases. The visibility field (PRIVATE / PROJECT_READ / PROJECT_WRITE) is removed in favor of per-object IAMIAMIdentity and Access Management — a framework of policies and services for controlling who can authenticate to systems and what resources they are authorized to use, letting cyber tools enforce least-privilege and audit access.; on upgrade every existing saved query migrates to owner-private and must be re-shared explicitly. Custom roles using bb.worksheets.* permissions must be updated to the new per-verb bb.savedQueries.{create, search, list, get, getIamPolicy, setIamPolicy, update, delete} permission family.

— Full endpoint, field, and permission names given, but no single migration command. 3.22.0
03 02
/metrics restricted to loopback with override flag breaking 85

Restricts /metrics to loopback-only by default; adds --metrics-remote-access startup flag to restore remote scraper access when the endpoint is protected by a gateway, firewall, or NetworkPolicyNetworkPolicyA Kubernetes API object that defines which pods may send or receive traffic, enforced by the cluster's CNI plugin to give cyber tools namespace-level network segmentation without host firewall rules.. On upgrade, remote Prometheus scrapers pointed directly at the server stop collecting unless this flag is set.

Allow a remote Prometheus scraper to reach /metrics when Bytebase sits behind a gateway or NetworkPolicy.
$ bytebase --metrics-remote-access
— Named endpoint, flag, and exact upgrade impact given. 3.22.0
04 00
Data Explorer in SQL Editor new 70

Adds Data Explorer to SQL Editor for browsing table and collection data without writing a query, with native predicate filtering per engine — WHERE for SQL, filter document for MongoDB, query expression for Elasticsearch.

— Per-engine mechanism named, UI path implied but not exact. 3.22.0
05 00
Terraform provider 3.22.1 field removals breaking 70

Terraform provider 3.22.1 removes the cluster field in data_sources blocks and the computed service_key attribute on bytebase_user — delete any references from Terraform configs — and makes project webhook URLs write-only, so data sources now read back an empty webhooks.url.

— Every removed or changed field named with clear remediation. 3.22.0
06 00
Per-object sharing for Saved Queries new 60

Adds per-object sharing for Saved Queries: grant Viewer or Editor access to individual user: and group: principals via SetIamPolicy, and organize queries into folders with drag-and-drop and star favorites.

— Named API and principal types but no UI navigation or command. 3.22.0
07 00
Project-scoped instances new 60

Adds project-scoped instances: instances can now be assigned to a single project via an optional parent argument on the bytebase_instance Terraform resource (provider 3.22.1).

— Names field and resource but gives no full example. 3.22.0
thinner coverage below
08 00
Archive/restore blocked by active task runs breaking 55

Archiving or restoring an instance now returns an error if it has task runs in PENDING, AVAILABLE, or RUNNING state; cancel or wait for those runs before archiving or restoring.

— Exact states named with clear precondition to resolve. 3.22.0
09 03
Operational health metrics on /metrics new 50

Adds operational health metrics to /metrics: schema sync health, runner cycles, license expiry, and instance capacity.

— Names four metric types but no thresholds or query examples. 3.22.0
10 04
Password and identity domain enforcement for admins breaking 50

Enforces disallow_password_signin and enforce_identity_domain uniformly for all accounts including workspace admins; an admin whose only sign-in path is blocked by these settings will be locked out on upgrade.

— Named settings but no config location or remediation steps. 3.22.0
11 05
Legacy async export-data workflow removed breaking 50

The legacy async export-data issue workflow is fully removed; integrations polling the old export-issue API must migrate to JITJITA runtime compilation strategy where code is translated from an intermediate form to native machine instructions at execution time, giving tools the speed of compiled code without sacrificing dynamic flexibility. access-grant exports or synchronous SQL Editor export.

— Migration alternatives named but no endpoint specifics. 3.22.0
12 00
Authentication required on /v1/actuator/info breaking 45

Requires authentication on /v1/actuator/info; monitoring scripts that poll this endpoint must now include a credential, or they will stop working after upgrade.

— Endpoint named but no credential format or migration steps. 3.22.0
13 06
Login attempt lockout new 45

Adds login attempt lockout: repeated failed sign-in attempts for password, emailed code, or MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone. code lock the targeted credential for a cooldown period.

— Mechanism described but cooldown duration and config unnamed. 3.22.0
14 07
GPT-5 model support new 30

Adds support for GPT-5 models for AI features, alongside existing GPT-4o support.

— Names models but no config or scope detail given. 3.22.1
15 00
Organization-policy endpoints removed for project-scoped instances breaking 20

Two Instance- and Database-level organization-policy API endpoints previously unsupported for project-scoped instances are removed.

— Endpoints not named; too thin to act on. 3.22.0
16 00
Service account search in Grant Access improved 10

Improves service account search within the Grant Access dialog.

— Only mentioned in summary, no mechanism or detail given. 3.22.1
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !
    WorksheetService is renamed to SavedQueryService with no compatibility aliases — all RPCs, messages, and REST paths (e.g. /v1/{parent=projects/*}/worksheets…) must be updated to their new equivalents.
  • !
    The visibility field (PRIVATE / PROJECT_READ / PROJECT_WRITE) is removed from saved queries; on upgrade every existing saved query migrates to owner-private and must be re-shared explicitly.
  • !
    Custom roles referencing bb.worksheets.* permissions must be updated to the new bb.savedQueries.* verb family.
  • !
    /metrics now only accepts requests from the server host (loopback); remote Prometheus scrapers pointed directly at the server stop collecting on upgrade unless --metrics-remote-access is set.
  • !
    /v1/actuator/info now requires authentication; unauthenticated monitoring scripts stop working on upgrade.
  • !
    disallow_password_signin and enforce_identity_domain now apply to workspace admins too — an admin whose only sign-in path is blocked by these settings will be locked out on upgrade.
  • !
    Terraform provider 3.22.1: the cluster field in data_sources blocks and the computed service_key attribute on bytebase_user are removed — delete any references from Terraform configs.
  • !
    Terraform provider 3.22.1: project webhook URLs are now write-only; data sources read back an empty webhooks.url.
  • !
    Two Instance- and Database-level organization-policy API endpoints previously unsupported for project-scoped instances are removed.
  • !
    Archiving or restoring an instance now returns an error if it has task runs in PENDING, AVAILABLE, or RUNNING state — cancel or wait for those runs before archiving/restoring.
  • !
    The legacy async export-data issue workflow is fully removed; integrations polling the old export-issue API must migrate to JIT access-grant exports or synchronous SQL Editor export.
3.22.1 Notes Stable

Bytebase 3.22.1 adds GPT-5 model support and improves service account search in Grant Access.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch 3.22.1 https://github.com/bytebase/bytebase.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout 3.22.1
  • Supports GPT-5 models for AI features alongside existing GPT-4o support.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

1 detail in Everything

3.22.0 Notes Stable

Bytebase 3.22.0 adds project-scoped instances, Data Explorer, login lockout, new bytebase recovery CLI, and per-object saved-query sharing.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch 3.22.0 https://github.com/bytebase/bytebase.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout 3.22.0
└──▷ TRY IT
Recover a locked-out admin by re-enabling password sign-in directly against the metadata database when the UI is inaccessible.
$ bytebase recovery
Allow a remote Prometheus scraper to reach /metrics when Bytebase sits behind a gateway or NetworkPolicyNetworkPolicyA Kubernetes API object that defines which pods may send or receive traffic, enforced by the cluster's CNI plugin to give cyber tools namespace-level network segmentation without host firewall rules..
$ bytebase --metrics-remote-access
  • Adds bytebase recovery CLI command as a break-glass path to re-enable password sign-in or reset a user's password directly against the metadata database, bypassing the UI.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Restricts /metrics to loopback-only by default; adds --metrics-remote-access startup flag to restore remote scraper access when the endpoint is protected by a gateway, firewall, or NetworkPolicy.
  • Requires authentication on /v1/actuator/info; monitoring scripts that poll this endpoint must now include a credential.
  • Renames WorksheetService to SavedQueryService with new REST paths /v1/{parent=projects/*}/savedQueries… and …/savedQueryFolders…; per-object IAMIAMIdentity and Access Management — a framework of policies and services for controlling who can authenticate to systems and what resources they are authorized to use, letting cyber tools enforce least-privilege and audit access. replaces the visibility field.
  • Replaces bb.worksheets.* permissions with per-verb bb.savedQueries.{create, search, list, get, getIamPolicy, setIamPolicy, update, delete} permissions on custom roles.
+6 more show less
  • Adds project-scoped instances: instances can now be assigned to a single project via an optional parent argument on the bytebase_instance Terraform resource (provider 3.22.1).
  • Adds Data Explorer to SQL Editor for browsing table and collection data without writing a query, with native predicate filtering per engine (WHERE for SQL, filter document for MongoDB, query expression for Elasticsearch).
  • Enforces disallow_password_signin and enforce_identity_domain uniformly for all accounts including workspace admins.
  • Adds login attempt lockout: repeated failed sign-in attempts for password, emailed code, or MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone. code lock the targeted credential for a cooldown period.
  • Adds operational health metrics to /metrics: schema sync health, runner cycles, license expiry, and instance capacity.
  • Adds per-object sharing for Saved Queries: grant Viewer or Editor access to individual user: and group: principals via SetIamPolicy, and organize queries into folders with drag-and-drop and star favorites.
  • Adds bytebase recovery CLI command as a break-glass path to re-enable password sign-in or reset a user's password directly against the metadata database, bypassing the UI.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Renames WorksheetService to SavedQueryService with new REST paths /v1/{parent=projects/*}/savedQueries… and …/savedQueryFolders…; per-object IAMIAMIdentity and Access Management — a framework of policies and services for controlling who can authenticate to systems and what resources they are authorized to use, letting cyber tools enforce least-privilege and audit access. replaces the visibility field.
  • Adds project-scoped instances: instances can now be assigned to a single project via an optional parent argument on the bytebase_instance Terraform resource (provider 3.22.1).
  • Adds Data Explorer to SQL Editor for browsing table and collection data without writing a query, with native predicate filtering per engine (WHERE for SQL, filter document for MongoDB, query expression for Elasticsearch).
  • Adds login attempt lockout: repeated failed sign-in attempts for password, emailed code, or MFAMFAMulti-factor authentication, requiring proof from different categories, such as a password and a hardware key, to sign in. It reduces reliance on a password alone. code lock the targeted credential for a cooldown period.
+1 more show less
  • Adds per-object sharing for Saved Queries: grant Viewer or Editor access to individual user: and group: principals via SetIamPolicy, and organize queries into folders with drag-and-drop and star favorites.

5 more in Everything

└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !WorksheetService is renamed to SavedQueryService with no compatibility aliases — all RPCs, messages, and REST paths (e.g. /v1/{parent=projects/*}/worksheets…) must be updated to their new equivalents.
  • !The visibility field (PRIVATE / PROJECT_READ / PROJECT_WRITE) is removed from saved queries; on upgrade every existing saved query migrates to owner-private and must be re-shared explicitly.
  • !Custom roles referencing bb.worksheets.* permissions must be updated to the new bb.savedQueries.* verb family.
  • !/metrics now only accepts requests from the server host (loopback); remote Prometheus scrapers pointed directly at the server stop collecting on upgrade unless --metrics-remote-access is set.
  • !/v1/actuator/info now requires authentication; unauthenticated monitoring scripts stop working on upgrade.
  • !disallow_password_signin and enforce_identity_domain now apply to workspace admins too — an admin whose only sign-in path is blocked by these settings will be locked out on upgrade.
  • !Terraform provider 3.22.1: the cluster field in data_sources blocks and the computed service_key attribute on bytebase_user are removed — delete any references from Terraform configs.
  • !Terraform provider 3.22.1: project webhook URLs are now write-only; data sources read back an empty webhooks.url.
  • !Two Instance- and Database-level organization-policy API endpoints previously unsupported for project-scoped instances are removed.
  • !Archiving or restoring an instance now returns an error if it has task runs in PENDING, AVAILABLE, or RUNNING state — cancel or wait for those runs before archiving/restoring.
  • !The legacy async export-data issue workflow is fully removed; integrations polling the old export-issue API must migrate to JITJITA runtime compilation strategy where code is translated from an intermediate form to native machine instructions at execution time, giving tools the speed of compiled code without sacrificing dynamic flexibility. access-grant exports or synchronous SQL Editor export.
Was this useful?

Ubiq Security

Sources Changelog → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog Rank Why this rank top features scored 94/86/75, +10 product media, +6 runnable example — 101 How ranking works →

Ubiq Security expanded structured encryption with four new dataset types (Integer, Date, Date & Time, Token) and extended date/datetime datasets to non-numeric character sets, shipped an Airflow integration for encrypting DAGDAGA directed acyclic graph — a data structure of nodes connected by one-way edges with no cycles — used by tools to model task pipelines or data flows where execution order and dependencies must be enforced without loops. data, launched a new Rust SDK, and added searchable integer encryption, IdPIdPA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. authentication, and usage-metadata tagging to its JavaScript SDK, plus a Go key-number lookup helper.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Learn how Ubiq discovers sensitive data, maps identity-to-data access, and enforces protection policies across applications, databases, APIs, and AI.

Ubiq Security expanded structured encryption with four new dataset types (Integer, Date, Date & Time, Token) and extended date/datetime datasets to non-numeric character sets, shipped an Airflow integration for encrypting DAGDAGA directed acyclic graph — a data structure of nodes connected by one-way edges with no cycles — used by tools to model task pipelines or data flows where execution order and dependencies must be enforced without loops. data, launched a new Rust SDK, and added searchable integer encryption, IdPIdPA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. authentication, and usage-metadata tagging to its JavaScript SDK, plus a Go key-number lookup helper.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 8 FEATURES 0 OF 8 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Integer, Date, Date & Time, and Token structured dataset types new 94

Adds Integer structured dataset type supporting 32-bit (-99,999,999 to 99,999,999) and 64-bit (-9,999,999,999,999,999 to 9,999,999,999,999,999) whole numbers with encrypted output staying within integer ranges; Date for calendar dates (01/01/0001 to 11/28/2738) with no time component; Date & Time for timestamps to the second (1653-02-10 06:13:21 to 2286-11-20 17:46:39 UTC, encrypted values falling between 0018-01-16 11:01:21 and 3921-12-16 12:58:39 UTC); and Token producing fixed-length base62 tokens (64-character for strings under 40 chars, 128-character for strings under 80 chars).⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ Typed library methods are exposed per language, including encryptInt / encryptLong / encryptDate in Java and CipherInt64 / CipherDate / CipherDateTime in Go, supported from C/C++ 2.3.0.0, .NET 2.4.0, Go 2.3.0, Java 2.3.0, Node.js 2.4.0, PHP 2.1.0, and Python 2.4.0. A follow-up release extended date and datetime datasets to accept input character sets other than 0-9.

Encrypt a 64-bit integer column in place without changing its column type — useful for protecting numeric IDs or financial figures in an existing schema.
java
// Java: encrypt a long value using a 64-bit Integer dataset
long encrypted = ubiqEncrypt.encryptLong("my-integer-dataset", 1234567890L);
long decrypted = ubiqDecrypt.encryptLong("my-integer-dataset", encrypted);
Encrypt a timestamp field in Go while keeping the value as a native date-time type, so no schema changes are needed.
go
// Go: encrypt a time.Time value using a Date & Time dataset
encrypted, err := ubiqEncrypt.CipherDateTime("my-datetime-dataset", originalTimestamp)
decrypted, err := ubiqDecrypt.CipherDateTime("my-datetime-dataset", encrypted)
Create a Token dataset in the Dataset Creation Wizard when you need fixed-length, base62-safe tokenized values — for example, replacing PIIPIIPersonally Identifiable Information — data that can identify a specific individual, such as names, email addresses, or SSNs. Cyber tools flag or redact it to limit exposure and meet privacy regulations. in a database with 64-character tokens for values under 40 characters.
📍In the Ubiq console, go to Datasets › Create Dataset, select Structured › Token, and set Token length to 64 or 128 characters.
— Exact ranges, method names per language, and worked examples given. changelog-20260923-87e010a1
02 00
Airflow Operators for structured encrypt/decrypt in DAGs new 86

Adds UbiqEncryptOperator and UbiqDecryptOperator, importable from plugins/operators/, for performing structured encrypt and decrypt operations inside Airflow DAGs, accepting tabular data as a list of lists. Supports per-column dataset mapping via the dataset_names parameter to selectively encrypt specific columns while leaving others untouched, and integrates with Ubiq credentials via ubiq.configCredentials(config_file=..., profile=...) to scope each DAG to specific datasets and permissions.

Encrypt sensitive columns (SSN, Birthdate) from a BigQueryBigQueryA serverless, cloud-hosted analytical database from Google that runs SQL queries across massive datasets without managing infrastructure, giving cyber tools scalable storage and fast querying over large volumes of log or event data. table pull inside an Airflow DAG, then decrypt in a follow-on task — leaving non-sensitive columns untouched.
python
import ubiq_security as ubiq
from operators.ubiq_encrypt_operator import UbiqEncryptOperator
from operators.ubiq_decrypt_operator import UbiqDecryptOperator

creds = ubiq.configCredentials(config_file='ubiq-credentials', profile='default')

enc_task = UbiqEncryptOperator(
    task_id='enc_task',
    credentials=creds,
    data_task=get_data.task_id,
    dataset_names=['', '', 'SSN', 'Birthdate']
)

dec_task = UbiqDecryptOperator(
    task_id='dec_task',
    credentials=creds,
    data_task=enc_task.task_id,
    dataset_names=['', '', 'SSN', 'Birthdate']
)

get_data >> enc_task >> dec_task
— Full DAG code example names operators, parameter, and credential call. product docs
03 00
Structured encryption builder and searchable integer encryption (JS SDK) new 75

Adds buildStructuredAsync() on CryptographyBuilder to construct a structured encryption/decryption object supporting all structured dataset types, and encryptNumberForSearchAsync for searchable encryption over integer datasets (32-bit and 64-bit), letting an application encrypt a value and generate matching search tokens to query a database without revealing the plaintext.

Encrypt and search an integer field (e.g. a customer ID) stored in a database without revealing the plaintext — requires a pre-configured int32 dataset.
javascript
const credentials = ubiq.UbiqFactory.readCredentialsFromFile('./credentials', 'default');
const configuration = ubiq.UbiqFactory.defaultConfiguration();
const ubiqEncryptDecrypt = await (new ubiq.CryptographyBuilder())
  .withCredentialsObject(credentials)
  .withConfigurationObject(configuration)
  .buildStructuredAsync();

const tweakFF1 = [];
const encrypted = await ubiqEncryptDecrypt.EncryptNumberAsync('int32', 12345, tweakFF1);
const searchTokens = await ubiqEncryptDecrypt.encryptNumberForSearchAsync('int32', 12345, tweakFF1);
// Use searchTokens to query the database for all matching encrypted values
— Method names, bit-widths, and a runnable code sample given. product docs
04 00
IdP-based credential authentication (JS SDK) new 65

Adds createCredentialsWithIdp('<username>', '<password>', '<host>') to authenticate against Ubiq via an identity provideridentity providerA service that authenticates users and supplies identity information to other applications. It is the sign-in authority behind many single sign-on systems. instead of static API keys, for use with CryptographyBuilder.buildStructuredAsync().

Authenticate via an IdP instead of static API keys when running in environments with SSOSSOSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management. or federated identity.
javascript
const credentials = ubiq.UbiqFactory.createCredentialsWithIdp('<username>', '<password>', '<host>');
const ubiqEncryptDecrypt = await (new ubiq.CryptographyBuilder())
  .withCredentialsObject(credentials)
  .withConfigurationObject(ubiq.UbiqFactory.defaultConfiguration())
  .buildStructuredAsync();
— Function signature and working example provided. product docs
05 00
Custom metadata tagging on usage reporting (JS SDK) new 65

Adds addReportingUserDefinedMetadata() on the structured encryption object to tag encryption usage records with a JSON payload (e.g. tenant or job identifier) for audit and billing attribution.

Tag all encryption usage records with a tenant or job identifier for audit and billing attribution.
javascript
const ubiqEncryptDecrypt = await (new ubiq.CryptographyBuilder())
  .withCredentialsObject(credentials)
  .withConfigurationObject(configuration)
  .buildStructuredAsync();

ubiqEncryptDecrypt.addReportingUserDefinedMetadata('{"tenant": "acme-corp", "job": "nightly-batch"}');
— Method name and example payload given. product docs
06 00
Key number retrieval from ciphertext (Go SDK) new 60

Adds ubiq.GetKeyNumber(ciphertext) in Go to retrieve the key number behind a ciphertext without performing a full decryption, useful for key-rotation auditing or ciphertext provenanceprovenanceEvidence recording where a software artifact came from and how it was built, including its source and build process. It helps a consumer check that the artifact matches a trusted build. checks.

Retrieve the key number behind a ciphertext in Go without performing a full decryption — useful for key-rotation auditing or ciphertext provenance checks.
go
keyNum, err := ubiq.GetKeyNumber(ciphertext)
if err != nil {
    log.Fatal(err)
}
fmt.Printf('Key number: %d\n', keyNum)
— Named function with runnable Go example, limited further detail. changelog-20260923-87e010a1
thinner coverage below
07 00
New Rust SDK new 45

Adds a Rust SDK (ubiq-rust) for encrypting structured or unstructured data, including date/time fields and search-optimised ciphertext.

Add the Ubiq Rust SDK to a new project to encrypt structured or unstructured data, including date/time fields and search-optimised ciphertext.
toml
# Cargo.toml
[dependencies]
ubiq-rust = '*'
— Only the Cargo dependency is shown, no further usage detail. changelog-20260923-87e010a1
08 00
Multithreaded environment guidance for NodeJS SDK improved 25

Documents that Ubiq objects must be created and destroyed per worker thread in multithreaded NodeJS environments, because NodeJS workers serialize/copy objects rather than sharing them.

— Documentation note only, no code example given. product docs
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog LatestStable

Ubiq Security: date and datetime datasets now work with input character sets other than 0-9.

└──▷ USE IT
Retrieve the key number behind a ciphertext in Go without performing a full decryption — useful for key-rotation auditing or ciphertext provenanceprovenanceEvidence recording where a software artifact came from and how it was built, including its source and build process. It helps a consumer check that the artifact matches a trusted build. checks.
go
keyNum, err := ubiq.GetKeyNumber(ciphertext)
if err != nil {
    log.Fatal(err)
}
fmt.Printf('Key number: %d\n', keyNum)
Add the Ubiq Rust SDK to a new project to encrypt structured or unstructured data, including date/time fields and search-optimised ciphertext.
Cargo.toml
# Cargo.toml
[dependencies]
ubiq-rust = '*'
Was this useful?
Agent
◆  MCP Servers & Tooling

Runlayer

Sources Blog / feed → 1.28.731 (2026-09-23) Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 96/90/90, +15 breaking change, +6 runnable example — 113 How ranking works →

Runlayer is an MCP gateway that enforces identity-mapped permissions and detects threats across the agents and MCP servers employees use.

Runlayer's biggest shift this window is a full self-hosted Kubernetes deployment path (Runlayer Operator on EKSEKSAmazon's managed Kubernetes service, run by AWS, that handles control-plane provisioning so teams can deploy containerized workloads without operating the underlying cluster infrastructure themselves./GKEGKEGoogle Kubernetes Engine, Google's managed Kubernetes service, which lets cyber tools run containerized workloads without managing the underlying cluster infrastructure.) with workload identityworkload identityAn identity assigned to software, such as a service or container, rather than a person. It lets the workload authenticate and receive permissions without sharing a user's credentials., external dependency wiring, MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. Catalog/AI Watch/OTLPOTLPOpenTelemetry Protocol, a standard way to send traces, metrics and logs between applications, collectors and monitoring systems. It lets telemetry move across compatible tools. support, alongside Agent Accounts, new Claude Opus 5.5/GPT-6/Gemini model support, channel-only Slack agents, a Figma MCP connector, and client-provenance policy conditions.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 20 FEATURES 1 OF 20 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Microsoft Teams bot integration for agents new 96

The ECSECSElastic Common Schema, an open specification maintained by Elastic that defines a standard field naming convention for log and event data, letting cyber tools share and correlate records without per-source field mapping. Terraform module adds Microsoft Teams support via five variables — ms_teams_app_client_secret (recommended via TF_VAR_ms_teams_app_client_secret), MS_TEAMS_APP_CLIENT_ID, MS_TEAMS_RUNLAYER_TENANT_ID, MS_TEAMS_AZURE_SUBSCRIPTION_ID, MS_TEAMS_AZURE_RESOURCE_GROUP, and MS_TEAMS_APP_URL — which together provision a per-agent Entra app registration and Azure Bot Service resource; the integration stays off unless all five values are set, and admin consent requires registering https://<domain_name>/api/v1/integrations/ms-teams/admin-consent-callback as a Redirect URI.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ MS_TEAMS_APP_URL is effectively immutable once agents are provisioned — each agent's Azure Bot resource keeps the messaging endpoint captured at creation time, so changing the domain orphans existing bots until they are deleted and recreated.

Enable Microsoft Teams bot integration on a self-managed ECS deployment by supplying all five required Teams variables to the Terraform module.
hcl
module "runlayer" {
  source                       = "runlayer/ecs"
  version                      = ">= 6.64.0, < 7.0.0"
  ms_teams_app_client_secret   = var.ms_teams_app_client_secret  # via TF_VAR_ms_teams_app_client_secret
  # remaining four values supplied as environment variables:
  # MS_TEAMS_APP_CLIENT_ID              = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
  # MS_TEAMS_RUNLAYER_TENANT_ID         = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
  # MS_TEAMS_AZURE_SUBSCRIPTION_ID      = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
  # MS_TEAMS_AZURE_RESOURCE_GROUP       = "runlayer-ms-teams-bots"
  # MS_TEAMS_APP_URL                    = "https://<domain_name>"
  # ... other required variables
}
Enable Microsoft Teams integration by supplying all five required values; pass the client secret via environment variable to avoid storing it in state.
hcl
# terraform.tfvars
MS_TEAMS_APP_CLIENT_ID          = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
MS_TEAMS_RUNLAYER_TENANT_ID     = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
MS_TEAMS_AZURE_SUBSCRIPTION_ID  = "00000000-0000-0000-0000-000000000000"
MS_TEAMS_AZURE_RESOURCE_GROUP   = "runlayer-ms-teams-bots"
MS_TEAMS_APP_URL                = "https://runlayer.example.com"
# export TF_VAR_ms_teams_app_client_secret=<secret> before running terraform apply
— Full variable list, redirect URI, tfvars example, and breaking caveat. product docs
02 00
Workload identity mapping for Operator ServiceAccounts new 90

Adds a spec.serviceAccount field in the RunlayerInstance CR to annotate per-component Kubernetes ServiceAccounts with IRSAIRSAAn AWS mechanism that lets a Kubernetes pod assume an IAM role via a service account, so tools running in EKS can call AWS APIs without embedding long-lived credentials. role ARNs (eks.amazonaws.com/role-arn) on EKS or GSA emails (iam.gke.io/gcp-service-account) on GKE, with no long-lived cloud keys embedded, plus spec.deploy.platformNamespace to override the default runlayer-<customerId> namespace. Dedicated ServiceAccounts are provisioned per component — {instance}-backend, {instance}-worker, {instance}-audit-consumer, {instance}-siem-export, {instance}-session-materializer, {instance}-toolguard — each independently annotatable, with a published permission matrix covering S3/GCS, Kinesis/Pub/Sub, DynamoDB checkpoints, Bedrock/Vertex LLMLLMA large language model, a neural network trained on large amounts of text to recognize patterns and generate language. Applications use it for tasks such as answering, summarizing and writing code. invocation, and bedrock-agentcore:InvokeAgentRuntime.

Wire IRSA roles to each Runlayer component on EKS so workloads assume cloud permissions without embedded credentials.
yaml
spec:
  serviceAccount:
    backend:
      annotations:
        eks.amazonaws.com/role-arn: arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/runlayer-acme-backend
    worker:
      annotations:
        eks.amazonaws.com/role-arn: arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/runlayer-acme-worker
    auditConsumer:
      annotations:
        eks.amazonaws.com/role-arn: arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/runlayer-acme-audit-consumer
    siemExport:
      annotations:
        eks.amazonaws.com/role-arn: arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/runlayer-acme-siem-export
    sessionMaterializer:
      annotations:
        eks.amazonaws.com/role-arn: arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/runlayer-acme-session-materializer
Verify that the IRSA annotation is present on the ServiceAccount and that the pod actually assumes the expected role.
$ kubectl -n runlayer-acme get sa acme-prod-backend -o yaml
# expect eks.amazonaws.com/role-arn in annotations
kubectl -n runlayer-acme exec deploy/acme-prod-backend -c backend -- aws sts get-caller-identity
# Arn should be the IRSA role
Deploy Runlayer into a custom namespace instead of the default runlayer-<customerId> when your cluster naming conventions require it.
yaml
spec:
  deploy:
    platformNamespace: runlayer-acme-prod
— Exact CR fields, annotations, and verification commands given. product docs
03 00
Audit streaming, SIEM export, and session materializer pipelines new 90

Enables optional audit event streaming to Kinesis or GCP Pub/Sub wired into components.auditConsumer with streamBackend: kinesis or streamBackend: pubsub (plus spec.gcp.projectId for GCP), and optional SIEMSIEMSecurity information and event management, collecting logs from many systems and correlating events to find suspicious activity. Analysts use it to investigate alerts and incidents. export as an independent consumer on the same stream wired into components.siemExport with streamBackend: kinesis, kinesis.streamArn, kinesis.consumerArn, kinesis.checkpointTableName, kinesis.deadLetterBucket, and export.s3Bucket. Also enables an optional session materializer component ({instance}-session-materializer) backed by a Kinesis hook-events stream, DynamoDB checkpoint table, S3 session-payloads bucket, and S3 DLQ on AWS, or an ordered Pub/Sub subscription and GCS buckets on GCP.

Wire audit streaming and SIEM export into a RunlayerInstance CR after provisioning the Kinesis stream, EFO consumers, DynamoDB checkpoint tables, and DLQ/destination buckets out-of-band.
yaml
spec:
  components:
    auditConsumer:
      enabled: true
      streamBackend: kinesis
      kinesis:
        streamArn: arn:aws:kinesis:us-east-1:123456789012:stream/myorg-audit-log
        consumerArn: arn:aws:kinesis:us-east-1:123456789012:stream/myorg-audit-log/consumer/myorg-audit-log-consumer
        checkpointTableName: myorg-audit-log-consumer-checkpoints
        deadLetterBucket: myaccount-myorg-audit-log-consumer-dlq
    siemExport:
      enabled: true
      streamBackend: kinesis
      kinesis:
        streamArn: arn:aws:kinesis:us-east-1:123456789012:stream/myorg-audit-log
        consumerArn: arn:aws:kinesis:us-east-1:123456789012:stream/myorg-audit-log/consumer/myorg-siem-export
        checkpointTableName: myorg-siem-export-checkpoints
        deadLetterBucket: myaccount-myorg-siem-export-dlq
      export:
        s3Bucket: myaccount-myorg-siem-export
— Full YAML example naming every stream and bucket field. product docs
04 00
Kubernetes self-hosting via Runlayer Operator new 83

Runlayer adds a self-hosted Kubernetes deployment path on EKS and GKE via the Runlayer Operator, requiring Kubernetes 1.29+ and Helm 3.8+, supporting one or many isolated tenants using the MCPServer CRDCRDA Kubernetes extension that adds a new object type to the cluster, so a tool's configuration is stored, validated and versioned by Kubernetes itself rather than in a file beside it. on the same cluster for multi-tenant platform topologies. AWS Bedrock is supported as an AI provider in the EKS path (requiring IAMIAMIdentity and Access Management — a framework of policies and services for controlling who can authenticate to systems and what resources they are authorized to use, letting cyber tools enforce least-privilege and audit access. permissions and Anthropic Bedrock use-case form approval); the operator and runlayer-instance Helm chart are published via a Customer Distribution OCIOCIOpen Container Initiative standard, maintained by the Linux Foundation, defining the image format and runtime spec that container tools share so images built once run anywhere OCI-compliant. registry at oci://088332244652.dkr.ecr.us-east-1.amazonaws.com/runlayer-helm-charts/runlayer-instance, supporting cross-account ECRECRAmazon Elastic Container Registry, AWS's managed service for storing and distributing Docker and OCI container images, giving cyber tools a private, IAM-gated registry without self-hosting infrastructure. pulls for EKS and GAR/private mirror for GKE or air-gapped environments, with CRD manifests crds/platform.runlayer.com_runlayerinstances.yaml and crds/deploy.runlayer.com_mcpservers.yaml shipped for upgrades.

Apply updated CRDsCRDsA Kubernetes extension that adds a new object type to the cluster, so a tool's configuration is stored, validated and versioned by Kubernetes itself rather than in a file beside it. before upgrading the operator to avoid schema drift between the controller and the cluster.
$ kubectl apply -f crds/platform.runlayer.com_runlayerinstances.yaml \
             -f crds/deploy.runlayer.com_mcpservers.yaml
— Named CRDs, registry path, and version requirements given. product docs
05 00
MCP Catalog API onboarding for Operator deployments new 81

Adds the MCP_CATALOG_API_KEY secret, set on the platform namespace, to enable MCP Catalog onboarding; without it, GET /api/v1/catalog/ fails and setup shows Couldn't load setup status. A components.mcpCatalogApi Helm/CR field can optionally enable an in-cluster MCP Catalog API, though docs note it should not be enabled for the standard customer path.

Inject the MCP Catalog API key into the platform namespace so onboarding can reach GET /api/v1/catalog/ and setup status loads correctly.
$ kubectl create secret generic runlayer-catalog \
  --namespace runlayer-platform \
  --from-literal=MCP_CATALOG_API_KEY=<key-from-runlayer>
— Exact secret, endpoint, field name, and kubectl command given. product docs
06 00
Client-provenance policy conditions new 80

Adds meta.client.kind (values dcr, cimd, pre_registered, manual, ema, agent) and meta.plugin.id as policy condition keys so access policies can gate connectors by how an MCP client obtained its credentials and whether it reaches a connector directly or through a plugin.

Lock a connector so self-registered MCP clients can never reach it, regardless of whether they go direct or through a plugin.
📍In the Runlayer console, go to Policies › New policy condition, set the field to meta.client.kind, operator to equals, and value to dcr (or any of: cimd, pre_registered, manual, ema, agent). Add a second condition on meta.plugin.id if you also want to block plugin-routed paths. Set the policy action to Deny and apply it to the target connector.
— Exact condition keys, enumerated values, console steps given. 1.28.687 (2026-09-22)
07 00
Private CA trust for MCP servers in ECS deployments new 78

The ECS Terraform module adds a trusted_ca_pem variable that injects a PEM certificate bundle (single or concatenated) so backend, shared worker, and MCP execution worker tasks trust private CA-signed MCP servers and HTTPSHTTPSHTTP carried over an encrypted TLS connection. It protects traffic in transit and lets a browser verify the server's certificate. proxies.

Trust a corporate private CA for MCP servers and HTTPS proxies in your ECS Runlayer deployment by passing your CA bundle to the Terraform module.
hcl
module "runlayer" {
  source          = "runlayer/ecs"
  version         = ">= 6.64.0, < 7.0.0"
  trusted_ca_pem  = file("${path.module}/company-ca.pem")
  # ... other required variables
}
Trust an internal private CA so ECS workers can reach MCP servers or HTTPS proxies signed by that CA.
hcl
trusted_ca_pem = file("${path.module}/company-ca.pem")
— Named Terraform variable with runnable config snippets. product docs
08 00
New agent model support: Claude Opus 5.5, GPT-6 Sol/Luna, Gemini new 74

Adds Claude Opus 5.5 as an agent model, available via the Anthropic API or AWS Bedrock with adaptive thinking effort settings; adds GPT-6 Sol and GPT-6 Luna as agent model options for the OpenAI provider; and supports Google Gemini through OpenAI-Compatible providers pointed at generativelanguage.googleapis.com, sending API keys in the format Google expects rather than as a Bearer tokenBearer tokenA credential that grants access to whoever presents it, without a separate proof of possession. Protecting the token matters because a stolen copy can be used by someone else..

Route Gemini model calls through an OpenAI-Compatible provider so agents can use Google models without Bearer-token auth failures.
📍In the provider settings, add an OpenAI-Compatible provider with base URL set to generativelanguage.googleapis.com and supply your Google API key. Runlayer will send it in the format Google expects.
— Named models and endpoint, with setup steps but no exact API call. 1.28.731 (2026-09-23)
09 00
AI Watch binary distribution and caching new 70

Adds AI Watch binary distribution support, requiring a Runlayer download token and a customer-owned object-storage cache with workload identity permissions; missing inputs surface as 'No AI Watch installer is currently resolved' in the UI. Optional caching is enabled via a private S3 bucket set with BINARY_PACKAGES_S3_BUCKET on runlayer-app, requiring s3:ListBucket, s3:GetObject, and s3:PutObject on the {instance}-backend and -worker IRSA roles.

— Named env var and IAM actions but no config example. product docs
10 00
PostgreSQL and Redis wiring for self-hosted deployments new 62

Maps PostgreSQL (Aurora/RDS or Cloud SQL) into the RunlayerInstance CR via spec.database.* and Secrets runlayer-db / runlayer-redis, and maps Redis (ElastiCache or Memorystore) via spec.redis.*, with spec.redis.tls: true when TLS/auth is enabled.

Enable Redis with TLS in the RunlayerInstance CR after provisioning an ElastiCache replication group with transit_encryption_mode: required.
yaml
spec:
  redis:
    tls: true
— Named CR fields and secrets with a TLS example. product docs
11 00
Configurable HPA scaling behavior for Operator components new 60

Adds a configurable HPA behavior block with documented defaults: 1800s scale-down stabilization for fleet components and 300s for others, max 10% removal per minute, and 60s scale-up allowing up to 50% or 2 pods per minute; setting behavior replaces the entire default block.

— Concrete numeric defaults given, no override example. product docs
thinner coverage below
12 00
Channel-only Slack agents (block direct messages) new 58

Adds a Direct messages to the agent / Inbound messaging toggle in an agent's Slack settings to block inbound DMs; when disabled, the agent replies that it does not accept direct messages and redirects users to mention it in a channel instead.

Restrict an agent to channel-only interaction so it never processes DMs or assistant-pane conversations.
📍In the agent's Slack settings, go to Inbound messaging and turn off Direct messages to the agent.
Prevent employees from DMing a sensitive Slack agent directly — force all interactions into auditable channels.
📍In the agent's settings, go to Slack notifications and disable Allow direct messages. Users who DM the agent will be prompted to mention it in a channel instead.
— Named toggle with exact UI steps, no API surface. 1.28.731 (2026-09-23)
13 00
Figma remote MCP connector new 54

Adds a Figma integration connecting Figma's remote MCP server through Runlayer using a customer-registered OAuth app: register a Figma OAuth app, have Figma approve its client ID, paste credentials into the connector, and users connect with their own Figma account.

— OAuth setup steps named, no exact UI path or endpoint. 1.28.687 (2026-09-22)
14 00
Shadow AI access restrictions new 41

Restricts saved Shadow AI skill and plugin files to resource managers and security or analytics reviewers; organization-wide Shadow AI REST APIsREST APIsA convention for building HTTP-based interfaces where resources are addressed by URL and manipulated with standard verbs like GET, POST, and DELETE, giving cyber tools a predictable way to integrate with external services. and MCP tools now require organization-wide audit log access.

— Named roles and access requirement, no endpoint or steps. 1.28.731 (2026-09-23)
15 00
Post-deploy connector security settings review improved 40

Adds a recommended security settings dialog on the connector page so admins with the Manage security policies capability can review and apply per-tool scanner settings after deploying a connector, instead of only during the deploy wizard.

— Names required capability, no exact navigation path. 1.28.687 (2026-09-22)
16 00
OTLP observability support for Kubernetes new 34

Adds OTLP observability support for Kubernetes deployments, requiring Kubernetes ≥ 1.29 and reachable OTLP endpoints; hostname endpoints may need extra NetworkPolicyNetworkPolicyA Kubernetes API object that defines which pods may send or receive traffic, enforced by the cluster's CNI plugin to give cyber tools namespace-level network segmentation without host firewall rules. CIDRs.

— Requirements named, no config example provided. product docs
17 00
Queued agent messages new 30

Agents now support queued messages: users can send follow-ups while an agent is working and they run in order; messages can be edited, reordered, or removed, and processing can be resumed after stopping a response.

— Behavior described, no config or UI path given. 1.28.687 (2026-09-22)
18 00
RDS autoscaling threshold variables for ECS new 30

The ECS Terraform module adds rds_writer_cpu_utilization_threshold, rds_reader_cpu_utilization_threshold, and rds_writer_acu_utilization_threshold variables to control RDS autoscaling targets for ECS deployments.

— Named variables only, no defaults or example. product docs
19 01
Agent Accounts with per-agent identity new 26

Adds Agent Accounts, giving each agent its own identity in Runlayer with independent policies, delegations, tokens, and an audit trail.

— Describes capability but no config key or UI path. product docs
20 00
Shareable filtered Policies view URLs new 26

Adds shareable Policies view URLs so admins can bookmark and share filtered policy views, and connector notices now open Policies pre-filtered to the relevant connector.

— Feature described without endpoint or UI path. 1.28.687 (2026-09-22)
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !
    The MS_TEAMS_APP_URL (domain name) is effectively immutable once agents are provisioned: each agent's Azure Bot resource stores the messaging endpoint at creation time and is never rewritten, so changing the domain orphans existing bots until each is deleted and recreated.
  • !
    The MS_TEAMS_APP_URL (domain name) is effectively immutable after agents are provisioned — changing it orphans each agent's Azure Bot resource, which must be deleted and recreated to restore Teams connectivity.
  • !
    Changing MS_TEAMS_APP_URL after initial provisioning does not move already-provisioned bots: each agent's Azure Bot resource keeps the messaging endpoint captured at provisioning time and must be recreated.
1.28.731 (2026-09-23) Blog LatestStable

Runlayer 1.28.731 adds Claude Opus 5.5, GPT-6 Sol/Luna, channel-only Slack agents, and Shadow AI access controls.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Prevent employees from DMing a sensitive Slack agent directly — force all interactions into auditable channels.
📍In the agent's settings, go to Slack notifications and disable Allow direct messages. Users who DM the agent will be prompted to mention it in a channel instead.
Route Gemini model calls through an OpenAI-Compatible provider so agents can use Google models without Bearer-token auth failures.
📍In the provider settings, add an OpenAI-Compatible provider with base URL set to generativelanguage.googleapis.com and supply your Google API key. Runlayer will send it in the format Google expects.
  • Restricts saved Shadow AI skill and plugin files to resource managers and security or analytics reviewers; organization-wide Shadow AI REST APIsREST APIsA convention for building HTTP-based interfaces where resources are addressed by URL and manipulated with standard verbs like GET, POST, and DELETE, giving cyber tools a predictable way to integrate with external services. and MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. tools now require organization-wide audit log access.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds support for channel-only Slack agents: admins can turn off direct messages to an agent in its Slack settings, redirecting DMs to channel mentions instead.
  • Adds Claude Opus 5.5 as an agent model, available via the Anthropic API or AWS Bedrock, with adaptive thinking effort settings.
  • Adds GPT-6 Sol and GPT-6 Luna as agent model options for the OpenAI provider.
  • Supports Google Gemini through OpenAI-Compatible providers pointed at generativelanguage.googleapis.com, sending API keys in the format Google expects rather than as a Bearer tokenBearer tokenA credential that grants access to whoever presents it, without a separate proof of possession. Protecting the token matters because a stolen copy can be used by someone else..
  • Restricts saved Shadow AI skill and plugin files to resource managers and security or analytics reviewers; organization-wide Shadow AI REST APIsREST APIsA convention for building HTTP-based interfaces where resources are addressed by URL and manipulated with standard verbs like GET, POST, and DELETE, giving cyber tools a predictable way to integrate with external services. and MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. tools now require organization-wide audit log access.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds support for channel-only Slack agents: admins can turn off direct messages to an agent in its Slack settings, redirecting DMs to channel mentions instead.
  • Supports Google Gemini through OpenAI-Compatible providers pointed at generativelanguage.googleapis.com, sending API keys in the format Google expects rather than as a Bearer tokenBearer tokenA credential that grants access to whoever presents it, without a separate proof of possession. Protecting the token matters because a stolen copy can be used by someone else..

2 more in Everything

1.28.687 (2026-09-22) Blog Stable

Runlayer 1.28.687 adds Figma MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. connector, client-provenanceprovenanceEvidence recording where a software artifact came from and how it was built, including its source and build process. It helps a consumer check that the artifact matches a trusted build. policy conditions, and queued agent messages.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Lock a connector so self-registered MCP clients can never reach it, regardless of whether they go direct or through a plugin.
📍In the Runlayer console, go to Policies › New policy condition, set the field to meta.client.kind, operator to equals, and value to dcr (or any of: cimd, pre_registered, manual, ema, agent). Add a second condition on meta.plugin.id if you also want to block plugin-routed paths. Set the policy action to Deny and apply it to the target connector.
  • Adds meta.client.kind (values: dcr, cimd, pre_registered, manual, ema, agent) and meta.plugin.id as policy condition keys so access policies can gate connectors by how an MCP client obtained its credentials and whether it reaches a connector directly or through a plugin.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds a Figma remote MCP connector to the catalog — register a Figma OAuth app, have Figma approve its client ID, paste credentials into the connector, and users connect with their own Figma account.
  • Adds a recommended security settings dialog on the connector page so admins with the Manage security policies capability can review and apply per-tool scanner settings after deploying a connector, instead of during the deploy wizard.
  • Adds queued agent messages: send follow-ups while an agent is working and they run in order; messages can be edited, reordered, or removed, and resumed after stopping a response.
  • Adds shareable Policies view URLs so admins can bookmark and share filtered policy views, and connector notices now open Policies pre-filtered to the relevant connector.
  • Adds meta.client.kind (values: dcr, cimd, pre_registered, manual, ema, agent) and meta.plugin.id as policy condition keys so access policies can gate connectors by how an MCP client obtained its credentials and whether it reaches a connector directly or through a plugin.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds a Figma remote MCP connector to the catalog — register a Figma OAuth app, have Figma approve its client ID, paste credentials into the connector, and users connect with their own Figma account.
  • Adds queued agent messages: send follow-ups while an agent is working and they run in order; messages can be edited, reordered, or removed, and resumed after stopping a response.
  • Adds shareable Policies view URLs so admins can bookmark and share filtered policy views, and connector notices now open Policies pre-filtered to the relevant connector.

1 more in Everything

Was this useful?
Govern
◆  Model & Agent Protection

clawscan

Sources Release notes → v0.2.0 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 95/85/55, +15 breaking change, +6 runnable example — 99.33 How ranking works →

clawscan added user-defined scanner support (BYOS) with templating and secret redaction, a declarative JSON gate policy with an OpenClaw install adapter, and a --platform flag for smaller platform-specific npm tarballs, alongside two breaking changes: a Go 1.27.1 build requirement and removal of automatic .clawscan.yml discovery.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Composable security scanning harness for agent skills

clawscan added user-defined scanner support (BYOS) with templating and secret redaction, a declarative JSON gate policy with an OpenClaw install adapter, and a --platform flag for smaller platform-specific npm tarballs, alongside two breaking changes: a Go 1.27.1 build requirement and removal of automatic .clawscan.yml discovery.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 9 FEATURES 2 OF 9 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
BYOS custom scanner support in profile config new 95

Supports user-defined scanners (BYOS) declared in profile config, with {{target}} templating, secretEnv redaction, and isolated working directories.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ Configured via .clawscan.yml, e.g.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ defining a scanners entry with id, command: 'mytool scan {{target}}', and secretEnv keys like MY_API_KEY.

Define a custom scanner (BYOS) in your profile config so clawscan invokes your own tooling against {{target}} in an isolated directory.
yaml
scanners:
  - id: myscanner
    command: 'mytool scan {{target}}'
    secretEnv:
      - MY_API_KEY
— Names config file, templating syntax, and runnable YAML example. v0.1.7
02 00
--platform flag for platform-specific npm tarballs new 85

Adds --platform flag to build smaller npm tarballs targeting one supported operating system and architecture, while retaining the default universal package. Example: clawscan --platform linux/amd64.

Build a lean, platform-specific npm tarball for deployment to a known target OS/arch, avoiding the overhead of the universal package.
$ clawscan --platform linux/amd64
— Names flag and includes a runnable example command. v0.2.0
thinner coverage below
03 01
Explicit config required; auto-discovery removed breaking 55

Config file auto-discovery is removed; explicit config is now required. .clawscan.yml is no longer auto-discovered, so an explicit config path must be provided on every invocation.

— Names exact config file and the required behavior change. v0.1.7
04 00
Declarative gate policy and OpenClaw install adapter new 45

Adds declarative JSON gate policy for controlling artifact verdicts based on scan results, an OpenClaw install policy adapter for evaluating install-gate policies, and exit-code evaluation of install-gate policy into an artifact verdict.

— Names policy types but no config key or endpoint given. v0.1.7
05 00
Docker container labeling for worker-owned cleanup new 45

Labels worker-owned Docker containers with optional run and command IDs so supervisors can identify and clean up containers after cancellation.

— Describes mechanism but no flag or config key named. v0.2.0
06 00
Scanner report preservation on name collisions improved 40

Preserves every scanner report when sanitized target, profile, or custom scanner names collide with each other or generated numeric suffixes.

— Explains behavior but no actionable surface named. v0.2.0
07 02
Go 1.27.1 required for source builds breaking 40

Source builds now require Go 1.27.1, previously a lower version was sufficient.

— Names exact version but gives no further migration detail. v0.2.0
08 00
ClawHub profile plugin support and aig scanner new 35

Supports OpenClaw plugins across the ClawHub profile and adds aig to the production ClawHub profile.

— Names `aig` addition but lacks usage detail. v0.1.7
09 00
Relyable scanner adapter new 20

Adds a relyable scanner adapter providing functional re-derivation evidence.

— Bare name with minimal description of function. v0.1.7
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !
    Source builds now require Go 1.27.1 (previously a lower version was sufficient).
  • !
    .clawscan.yml is no longer auto-discovered; an explicit config path must now be provided on every invocation.
v0.2.0 Notes LatestStable

clawscan v0.2.0 adds --platform for single-OS npm tarballs and Docker container labeling for worker-owned cleanup.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v0.2.0 https://github.com/openclaw/clawscan.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v0.2.0
└──▷ TRY IT
Build a lean, platform-specific npm tarball for deployment to a known target OS/arch, avoiding the overhead of the universal package.
$ clawscan --platform linux/amd64
  • Adds --platform flag to build smaller npm tarballs targeting one supported operating system and architecture, while retaining the default universal package.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Labels worker-owned Docker containers with optional run and command IDs so supervisors can identify and clean up containers after cancellation.
  • Preserves every scanner report when sanitized target, profile, or custom scanner names collide with each other or generated numeric suffixes.
  • Adds --platform flag to build smaller npm tarballs targeting one supported operating system and architecture, while retaining the default universal package.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

2 more in Everything

└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !Source builds now require Go 1.27.1 (previously a lower version was sufficient).
v0.1.7 Notes Stable

clawscan v0.1.7 adds BYOS support, declarative JSON gate policy, OpenClaw install policy adapter, and requires explicit config.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v0.1.7 https://github.com/openclaw/clawscan.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v0.1.7
└──▷ USE IT
Define a custom scanner (BYOS) in your profile config so clawscan invokes your own tooling against {{target}} in an isolated directory.
.clawscan.yml
scanners:
  - id: myscanner
    command: 'mytool scan {{target}}'
    secretEnv:
      - MY_API_KEY
  • Supports user-defined scanners (BYOS) declared in profile config, with {{target}} templating, secretEnv redaction, and isolated working directories.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds declarative JSON gate policy for controlling artifact verdicts based on scan results.
  • Adds OpenClaw install policy adapter for evaluating install-gate policies.
  • Evaluates exit-code install-gate policy into artifact verdict.
  • Supports OpenClaw plugins across the ClawHub profile.
+3 more show less
  • Adds aig to the production ClawHub profile.
  • Adds a relyable scanner adapter (functional re-derivation evidence).
  • Config file auto-discovery is removed; explicit config is now required (.clawscan.yml is no longer auto-discovered).
  • Supports user-defined scanners (BYOS) declared in profile config, with {{target}} templating, secretEnv redaction, and isolated working directories.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds declarative JSON gate policy for controlling artifact verdicts based on scan results.
  • Adds OpenClaw install policy adapter for evaluating install-gate policies.
  • Evaluates exit-code install-gate policy into artifact verdict.
  • Adds a relyable scanner adapter (functional re-derivation evidence).

3 more in Everything

└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !.clawscan.yml is no longer auto-discovered; an explicit config path must now be provided on every invocation.
Was this useful?
Platforms & Utilities
◆  General Utilities & Libraries

Obsidian

Sources Changelog → changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog Rank Why this rank top features scored 65/35, +15 breaking change — 65 How ranking works →

The free and flexible app for your private thoughts.

Obsidian 1.14.2 lets you open files stored outside your vault and integrates with OS-level Open with actions, adds extra-large widgets for iOS 27, and stops syncing base font size through Obsidian Sync.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 2 FEATURES 0 OF 2 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Font size setting moved out of sync breaking 65

Base font size is removed from appearance.json and moved to device local storage — any vault where font size was previously synced via Obsidian Sync will no longer sync this setting.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Clear before/after but no migration steps provided changelog-20260923-e3fd1cda
thinner coverage below
02 00
OS 'Open with' integration new 35

Obsidian can now be invoked through the operating system's Open with functionality, letting files be opened directly in Obsidian from the OS file manager.

— Only named in summary, no mechanism detail changelog-20260923-e3fd1cda
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !
    Base font size is removed from appearance.json and moved to device local storage — any vault where font size was previously synced via Obsidian Sync will no longer sync this setting.
changelog · Sep 23, 2026 Changelog LatestStable

Obsidian 1.14.2 adds open-from-outside-vault, OS Open with integration, and iOS 27 extra-large widgets⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ HOW TO FIND IT
Open a Markdown incident report or runbook stored outside your vault without moving or copying it in.
📍In Obsidian, open the Command Palette and run 'Open file from outside the vault...', then navigate to the file on your filesystem and select it.
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !Base font size is removed from appearance.json and moved to device local storage — any vault where font size was previously synced via Obsidian Sync will no longer sync this setting.
Was this useful?

Syslifters SysReptor

Sources Release notes → 2026.82 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 48/23/18 — 29.67 How ranking works →

A customizable and powerful penetration testing reporting platform for offensive security professionals. Simplify, customize, and automate your pentest reports with ease.

SysReptor 2026.82 introduces AI agent instructions and skills, adds an Audit Trail for sensitive actions, and enables importing multiple files at once.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 3 FEATURES 0 OF 3 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
AI agent instructions and skills new 48

Projects can now include an AGENTS.md file to define per-project AI agent instructions alongside report content, and the AI agent gains skills support for extended, composable automation capabilities.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Names config file but lacks mechanism detail on skills 2026.82
02 00
Audit Trail for sensitive actions new 23

Adds an Audit Trail to track privileged operations across the platform.

— Brief description with no scope or access details 2026.82
03 00
Multi-file import support improved 18

Supports importing multiple files at once.

— Single sentence with no target or format specifics 2026.82
2026.82 Notes LatestStable

SysReptor 2026.82 adds AI agent skills, AGENTS.md project instructions, and an Audit Trail for sensitive actions.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch 2026.82 https://github.com/Syslifters/sysreptor.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout 2026.82
  • Adds AGENTS.md support in projects so per-project AI agent instructions can be defined alongside report content.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds skills support to the AI agent for extended, composable automation capabilities.
  • Adds an Audit Trail for sensitive actions to track privileged operations across the platform.
  • Supports importing multiple files at once.
  • Adds AGENTS.md support in projects so per-project AI agent instructions can be defined alongside report content.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds an Audit Trail for sensitive actions to track privileged operations across the platform.

2 more in Everything

Was this useful?
Infrastructure
◆  Internet Services

Cloudflare

Sources Blog / feed → WAF - WAF Release - 2026-09-22 (2026-09-22) Blog Rank Why this rank top features scored 80/75/70, +6 runnable example — 81 How ranking works →

Cloudflare shipped per-PR Worker Previews with isolated Durable Objects and Containers, expanded Rules expression power with 32-argument concat(), added private-network MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. server support and Cursor Origin builds to Workers, and tightened WAFWAFA reverse proxy that inspects HTTP/HTTPS traffic and blocks requests matching known attack patterns such as SQL injection or XSS, sitting between clients and a web application to filter malicious input before it reaches the server. managed rules against SSRFSSRFServer-side request forgery, an attack that tricks a server into making requests chosen by an attacker. Those requests can reach internal services the attacker cannot access directly. and Jinja SSTISSTIServer-Side Template Injection, a vulnerability class where attacker-controlled input is evaluated by a server-side template engine, enabling remote code execution or data exfiltration..⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Connect, protect, and build everywhere.

Cloudflare shipped per-PR Worker Previews with isolated Durable Objects and Containers, expanded Rules expression power with 32-argument concat(), added private-network MCPMCPModel Context Protocol, a standard for connecting AI applications to external tools and data sources. A compatible server exposes capabilities an assistant can use through a common interface. server support and Cursor Origin builds to Workers, and tightened WAFWAFA reverse proxy that inspects HTTP/HTTPS traffic and blocks requests matching known attack patterns such as SQL injection or XSS, sitting between clients and a web application to filter malicious input before it reaches the server. managed rules against SSRFSSRFServer-side request forgery, an attack that tricks a server into making requests chosen by an attacker. Those requests can reach internal services the attacker cannot access directly. and Jinja SSTISSTIServer-Side Template Injection, a vulnerability class where attacker-controlled input is evaluated by a server-side template engine, enabling remote code execution or data exfiltration..⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 5 FEATURES 3 OF 5 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 01
New WAF managed rules for SSRF and SSTI new 80

Adds four managed rules, each with action changed from Log to Block: ...5f21b651 blocks SSRF attempts using cloud and link-local non-standard IP notation, ...75cd912a blocks SSRF attempts using local non-standard IP notation, ...0f0313d6 blocks SSRF attempts using jar HTTP loopback payloads, and ...a1ba83f6 blocks Server-Side Template Injection targeting Jinja Dangerous Globals chains.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

— Names all four rule IDs and their exact behavior change WAF - WAF Release - 2026-09-22 (2026-09-22)
02 00
concat() supports up to 32 arguments improved 75

Adds concat() support for up to 32 arguments in Rules expressions, enabling richer dynamic value construction such as combining hostname, ray ID, source IP, and request path into a single header value.

Build a dynamic hostname header in a Rules expression by combining multiple values — now up to 32 — with concat().
text
concat(http.host, "-", cf.ray_id, "-", ip.src, "-", http.request.uri.path)
— Includes a runnable example expression product docs
03 02
Worker Previews for every pull request new 70

Adds Worker Previews, giving every pull request its own URL, configuration, observability, and isolated Durable Objects and Containers.

— Describes scope and isolation but no exact command or path product docs
04 00
Cursor Origin support in Workers Builds new 60

Adds Cursor Origin repository support in Workers Builds for automatic deployments, branch previews, and build status reporting.

— Names the feature set but no setup steps given product docs
thinner coverage below
05 03
Private network MCP server support in portals new 45

Adds private network MCP server support for MCP server portals, allowing portals to connect to MCP servers available only on a private network.

— Explains the capability but gives no config path or command product docs
WAF - WAF Release - 2026-09-22 (2026-09-22) Blog LatestStable

Cloudflare WAFWAFA reverse proxy that inspects HTTP/HTTPS traffic and blocks requests matching known attack patterns such as SQL injection or XSS, sitting between clients and a web application to filter malicious input before it reaches the server. adds four new managed rules blocking SSRFSSRFServer-side request forgery, an attack that tricks a server into making requests chosen by an attacker. Those requests can reach internal services the attacker cannot access directly. non-standard IP notations, jar loopback payloads, and Jinja SSTISSTIServer-Side Template Injection, a vulnerability class where attacker-controlled input is evaluated by a server-side template engine, enabling remote code execution or data exfiltration..⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

  • Adds managed rule ...5f21b651 to block SSRF attempts using cloud and link-local non-standard IP notation (action changed from Log to Block).⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds managed rule ...0f0313d6 to block SSRF attempts using jar HTTP loopback payloads (action changed from Log to Block).
  • Adds managed rule ...75cd912a to block SSRF attempts using local non-standard IP notation (action changed from Log to Block).
  • Adds managed rule ...a1ba83f6 to block Server-Side Template Injection targeting Jinja Dangerous Globals chains (action changed from Log to Block).

4 details in Everything

Was this useful?
Other / Uncategorized
◆  UNCATEGORIZED

vigolium

Sources Release notes → v0.5.0 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 100/95/95, +15 breaking change, +6 runnable example — 117.67 How ranking works →

Vigolium - High-fidelity vulnerability scanner fusing agentic AI with native speed, modularity, and precision

Vigolium's biggest window addition is the run probe passive host-sweep command with TLS fingerprinting and a deterministic surface_score, alongside a wholesale standardization of machine output (unified -j envelope, NDJSONNDJSONA text format where each line is a self-contained JSON object, making it easy to stream, append, and parse large datasets record-by-record without loading the whole file into memory. event streaming, standardized exit codes) that breaks several existing integrations.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ It also shipped a source-map ingestion module, expanded traffic/db querying and export flags, and gated 14 hygiene hardening advisories behind explicit opt-in.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 37 FEATURES 3 OF 37 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Attack-surface scoring on HTTP records new 100

Adds http_records.surface_score — a deterministic, absolute percentage of 17 attack-surface signals (auth boundary, non-standard port, dynamic origin, permissive CORSCORSA browser mechanism that lets a server declare which foreign origins may read its HTTP responses, enforced by the browser to block unauthorized cross-site requests from JavaScript., leaked internals, API surface, input surface, etc.) written by the new surface-scoring passive module.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ Adds db ls --min-surface, --sort surface_score, and a SURFACE column to db ls; exposes min_surface/min_surface_score on the records APIs and in -j/JSONLJSONLA text format where each line is a self-contained, valid JSON object, making it easy to stream, append, and process large datasets line by line without parsing a full JSON array into memory., CSV export, and inspect_record.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ The same flush also populates http_records.technology with the full fingerprint stack for a host. surface_score is now a percentage of the 17-signal set rather than a 10-point-per-signal scheme, so scores from earlier scans are not comparable to new ones.

After a sweep, rank hosts by attack-surface score to prioritise which ones deserve a full scan.
$ vigolium db ls --sort surface_score --min-surface 40
— Mechanism, signal count, fields and query flags all named v0.4.6
02 00
`run probe` passive host sweep command new 95

Adds vigolium run probe (aliases: probing, httpx, alive, sweep) for passive-only host sweeps — one request per target, no fuzzing — enabling -T hosts.txt -c 20 to reach thousands of hosts. Probe rows are labelled probe and filterable via traffic --source probe, separating sweeps from full scans within the same project.

Sweep thousands of hosts from a recon list with passive TLS fingerprinting and no fuzzing budget consumed.
$ vigolium run probe -T hosts.txt -c 20 --tls-probe -j
Group sweep traffic by status code to quickly triage redirect vs. live vs. dead targets in a project.
$ vigolium traffic --source probe --group-by status_code --group-limit 20
— Full command, aliases, flags and filtering path given v0.4.6
03 00
NDJSON event stream via `--events ndjson` new 95

Adds --events ndjson to scan/run/scan-url/scan-request for a live NDJSON event stream on stdout emitting scan.started, phase.started|progress|finished, waf.block, waf.pacing, finding.new, error, and scan.finished events, while the human console remains on stderr.

Stream structured scan events to a monitoring process in CI while keeping the human-readable log on stderr.
$ vigolium scan https://example.com --events ndjson 2>scan.log | jq 'select(.event == "finding.new")'
— Flag, event names and a runnable pipeline example given v0.4.5
04 00
TLS handshake fingerprinting via `--tls-probe` new 90

Adds --tls-probe to complete a TLS handshake per HTTPSHTTPSHTTP carried over an encrypted TLS connection. It protects traffic in transit and lets a browser verify the server's certificate. endpoint and report negotiated version/cipher plus leaf certificate details (subject/CN, SANs, issuer, validity window, serial, MD5/SHA-1SHA-1A cryptographic hash function standardized by NIST that produces a 160-bit digest; tools use it for file integrity checks, though it is now considered cryptographically broken and unsuitable for collision-resistant applications./SHA-256SHA-256A cryptographic hash function that turns data into a fixed 256-bit fingerprint. It is used to check integrity; hashing does not encrypt the original data. fingerprints) under a tls key.

Sweep thousands of hosts from a recon list with passive TLS fingerprinting and no fuzzing budget consumed.
$ vigolium run probe -T hosts.txt -c 20 --tls-probe -j
— Exact flag and full field list named v0.4.6
05 00
Hygiene module tagging and intensity gating breaking 90

Adds --module-tag hygiene and --module-id <id> selectors to target the new hygiene module tag, plus a dynamic-assessment.hygiene_modules config key to force hardening advisories on at any intensity or off even at deep. The 14 hygiene-tagged hardening advisories (including express-session-audit) no longer run at the default intensity — they now require --intensity deep, --module-tag hygiene, or the config key.

Run hardening advisory checks (hygiene modules) on a target without needing full deep intensity — useful for a focused advisory-only sweep in CI.
$ vigolium scan -t example.com --module-tag hygiene
Force hygiene hardening advisories on at a non-deep intensity level, or suppress them entirely even at deep, via the config key.
yaml
dynamic-assessment:
  hygiene_modules: true
— Flags, config key and exact advisory count named with examples v0.5.0
06 00
Expanded `kit js-beautify` controls improved 90

Adds -o, --modules, --profile, --unpack-modules, --max-ast-nodes, --max-input-mb, and --deadline flags to kit js-beautify; -j output gains status, diagnostics, and per-endpoint provenanceprovenanceEvidence recording where a software artifact came from and how it was built, including its source and build process. It helps a consumer check that the artifact matches a trusted build.. Adds max_unpack_input_mb (default 16 MiB) to bound the source-level unpack pass independently of the ASTASTAn abstract syntax tree, a structured representation of parsed code. Tools inspect or transform this tree to understand expressions and statements rather than just matching text. node ceiling.

Beautify and unpack a large bundled JS file with an increased AST node budget and a time deadline to prevent runaway scans.
$ vigolium kit js-beautify -o output.js --unpack-modules --max-ast-nodes 500000 --max-input-mb 50 --deadline 60s bundle.js
— Every new flag named with a runnable example v0.4.9
07 00
Unified machine-output envelope breaking 85

Unifies machine output under one -j envelope — {schema_version, command, project_uuid, db_path, total, offset, limit, items, query} — for every command, with each command's old row key kept as a deprecated alias; db stats -j is no longer an exception. Machine-output timestamps now carry exactly three fractional digits plus an epoch-millisecond sibling, changing format for consumers relying on microsecond precision.

— Exact envelope schema named but migration path only implied v0.4.5
08 00
Redirect chain tracking and mode control improved 85

Adds --redirect-mode off|same-host|same-apex|any (default any) to control redirect-following scope, replacing the former FollowRedirects/FollowHostRedirects bool pair. Adds --record-redirect-chain to store each followed redirect hop as its own http_records row chained through parent_uuid (on by default under run probe), and adds http_records.response_location storing the 3xx Location header verbatim so traffic --tree can display redirect destinations without re-parsing stored response bytes. Redirects now halt at a login/SSOSSOSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management. wall under every --redirect-mode, with each phase reporting the walls it hit; --record-redirect-chain no longer gates request/response re-pairing, only hop rows, changing behavior for setups relying on it to suppress re-pairing.

— Flags, columns and behavior change all named across releases v0.4.9v0.4.6
09 00
Filter flags for `import -B` breaking 85

Adds filter flags --host, --path, --method, --status, --search, --from/--to, -n, --all-hosts, and --yes to import -B, matching the filter set traffic -B already had. An unfiltered import -B is now refused unless --all-hosts is explicitly passed; existing scripts that called import -B without host filters will fail with a pre-flight count prompt.

— All new flags named with clear before/after behavior v0.4.5
10 00
Scratch cleanup with `kit tmp-clean` new 85

Adds vigolium kit tmp-clean subcommand to collect abandoned vigolium scratch from the system temp directory left by interrupted runs, with --max-age (default 6h) controlling what counts as abandoned.

Reclaim disk space from vigolium scratch directories left behind by killed or interrupted scans older than 2 hours.
$ vigolium kit tmp-clean --max-age 2h
— Subcommand, flag and default with runnable example v0.5.0
11 00
Source-map ingestion module new 80

Adds sourcemap-ingest active module that fetches exposed source maps, secret-scans the recovered originals, and ingests their routes into the scan, backed by a shared jstangle/sourcemap package providing a canonical definition of a map reference, sibling candidate, and parsed map. Detection extends to CSS, eval strings, SourceMap/X-SourceMap response headers, and unreferenced <bundle>.map sibling files.

— Module and package named, no direct usage example v0.4.9
12 01
Standardized exit codes breaking 80

Standardises exit codes across all commands: 0 success, 1 error, 2 usage error, 3 fuzz --fail-on-match, 4 --fail-on gate tripped. Exit code 1 previously meant both scan crashed and scan found something; it now means only error — automation that tested exit == 1 to detect findings must switch to exit == 4 (for --fail-on gates) or exit == 3 (for fuzz --fail-on-match).

— Exact codes and migration instruction given v0.4.5
13 00
File output flag for JSON commands new 80

Adds -o/--output flag to traffic -j, finding -j, and db ls -j to write the result document to a file and print a receipt to stdout.

Dump a filtered traffic listing to a JSON file in CI — the file gets the result document while the terminal gets a short receipt.
$ vigolium traffic -j --url https://api.example.com/v1/login --url https://api.example.com/v1/token -o traffic_matches.json
Narrow a db ls query to two exact endpoints and save results to a file for further processing.
$ vigolium db ls -j --url https://api.example.com/auth --url https://api.example.com/session -o db_export.json
— Flag named with two runnable examples v0.4.7
14 00
Per-phase rate limiting new 80

Adds a repeatable phase qualifier to the pace dials — e.g. --rate-limit known-issue-scan=20 — so individual phases can be capped independently without affecting other modules.

Cap only the nuclei-backed known-issue phase to 20 req/s without throttling native modules when scanning a rate-sensitive target.
$ vigolium scan https://example.com --rate-limit known-issue-scan=20
— Exact flag syntax with runnable example v0.4.5
15 00
`traffic --group-by` aggregation new 75

Adds traffic --group-by <field> to count matched records by host, method, status_code, response_content_type, source, scan_uuid, ip, or is_authenticated, bounded by --group-limit.

Group sweep traffic by status code to quickly triage redirect vs. live vs. dead targets in a project.
$ vigolium traffic --source probe --group-by status_code --group-limit 20
— All grouping fields named with an example v0.4.6
16 00
`version --json` schema drift detection new 75

Adds vigolium version --json, which reports schema_version and db_schema_version so a consumer can detect contract drift at startup.

Assert that the vigolium schema version matches what your driver expects before starting a long scan pipeline.
$ vigolium version --json | jq -e '.schema_version == "expected-version" and .db_schema_version == "expected-db-version"'
— Command, fields and a runnable check given v0.4.5
17 00
Database path validation error codes breaking 70

Pointing a read command at a missing --db/$VIGOLIUM_DB_PATH path no longer creates the database and returns total: 0 — it now exits with source_missing. A foreign SQLite file that previously gained vigolium's tables, or any valid SQLite file that is not a vigolium store, now exits with source_incompatible instead of the generic failed error.

— Exact error codes named, no example command v0.4.6v0.4.7
18 00
Legacy JSON envelope compatibility flag breaking 70

Adds --json-legacy-keys flag (and VIGOLIUM_JSON_LEGACY_KEYS=1 env var) to restore the deprecated records/findings/scans/rows/stats envelope keys for callers still migrating. The -j/JSONL envelope no longer emits these legacy keys by default.

— Flag and env var named, no worked example v0.4.6
19 00
Scope-origin tracking across outputs new 70

Adds scans.scope_origin_mode field, carrying the resolved host-scope mode through --format jsonl, vigolium export, and the REST scan object, backed by config.ResolveCLIOriginMode as the single fallback chain read by the matcher, banner, summary, snapshot, and scan row. A new Host scope reference section documents how --scope-origin also selects stored records.

— Field and function named but no runnable example v0.5.0
20 00
Native tool shims for ffuf, nuclei, katana, gau, arjun new 70

Adds vigolium ffuf|nuclei|katana|gau|arjun tool shims that accept each tool's own argv, print the translation, and run the native phase into the pinned database.

— Tools named, mechanism described, no example command v0.4.5
21 00
Batch ingest via repeatable `-i` and directory walking new 70

Adds batch ingest: -i is now repeatable and --dir/--dir-glob walk a directory, so N specs cost one process instead of N invocations.

— Flags named with benefit stated, no example v0.4.5
22 00
Traffic body/header extraction subcommands new 65

Adds vigolium traffic body and vigolium traffic headers subcommands to extract one side of a stored exchange to stdout or a file without re-sending the request.

— Subcommands named, no worked example given v0.4.7
23 00
Exact URL filtering for `traffic` and `db ls` new 65

Adds --url flag to traffic and db ls for exact URL selection, repeatable and OR-ed, applied before pagination.

Dump a filtered traffic listing to a JSON file in CI — the file gets the result document while the terminal gets a short receipt.
$ vigolium traffic -j --url https://api.example.com/v1/login --url https://api.example.com/v1/token -o traffic_matches.json
Narrow a db ls query to two exact endpoints and save results to a file for further processing.
$ vigolium db ls -j --url https://api.example.com/auth --url https://api.example.com/session -o db_export.json
— Flag behavior and examples given v0.4.7
24 00
New `http_records` provenance fields new 65

Adds http_records.target, root_uuid, and chain_truncated fields — exposing the submitted target, O(1) chain-root lookup, and whether a redirect chain stopped short.

— Fields named, no worked usage v0.4.9
25 00
Stateless scan and startup performance improved 65

A single-phase stateless scan (run probe -t <host> -S) is several times faster (~0.78 s to ~0.12 s) due to bounded in-memory dedup tiers and executor drain improvements. Startup is approximately 20 ms faster following the go-runewidth v0.0.27 to v0.0.30 upgrade.

— Concrete before/after numbers, nothing to configure v0.5.0
26 02
Default concurrency unification breaking 60

Default concurrency is now 25 everywhere; previously the CLI, pace config, REST APIREST APIA web API design style where clients interact with resources over HTTP using standard methods like GET, POST, and DELETE, giving cyber tools a predictable, language-agnostic way to integrate with external services., and discovery source used inconsistent values of 50, 40, 50, and 50.

— Exact before/after numbers given, no action needed v0.4.7
27 00
`--fuzz-wordlist` renamed to `--discovery-wordlist` deprecated 60

Renames --fuzz-wordlist to --discovery-wordlist (old spelling kept as a deprecated alias) to eliminate collision with vigolium fuzz -w.

— Exact old and new flag names given v0.4.5
thinner coverage below
28 00
Bundle module cap increase and prioritization improved 55

Raises maxBundleModules default from 64 to 512, orders modules by endpoint likelihood before the cap, and gives each sub-scan its own AST node budget.

— Numbers and mechanism named, no direct example v0.4.9
29 00
`--export-only` record-type filter new 55

Adds --export-only on scan/run to limit --format jsonl output to chosen record types, reusing the export --only vocabulary.

— Flag named, no example or scope detail v0.4.6
30 00
Composable Burp push flags on `finding` improved 55

Enables finding --push-to-burp and --to-repeater to compose rather than being mutually exclusive, matching replay behaviour.

— Flags named, behavior change is thinly described v0.4.5
31 00
`-S` renamed to `--stateless` deprecated 55

-S is now --stateless everywhere; on server/ingest the old meaning of --scan-on-receive is now a deprecated alias that emits a warning.

— Old and new flags named, minimal further detail v0.4.5
32 00
`--templates-dir` flag for nuclei templates new 55

Adds --templates-dir flag to pin the nuclei-templates directory per run.

— Flag named but no example or scope v0.4.5
33 03
`loginsig` package relocated breaking 50

pkg/spitolas/loginsig has moved to pkg/authsig — any code importing the old path will break.

— Exact old and new paths named v0.4.9
34 00
`db stats` path and size fields new 40

db stats now reports path and size fields for the source path and on-disk size.

— Fields named, very thin description v0.4.7
35 00
`spa` technology tag new 40

Adds spa to the known tech tags so modules can gate logic on client-side-routing detection.

— Tag named, thin mechanism v0.4.6
36 00
`--no-response` alias for omitting bodies new 40

Adds --no-response as an alias for --omit-response to skip storing response bodies on sweep runs.

— Flag named, minimal further detail v0.4.6
37 00
Module registry growth improved 25

Registry grows to 207 active and 117 passive modules.

— Just a count, no further detail v0.4.6
└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !
    The 14 hygiene-tagged hardening advisories (including express-session-audit) no longer fire at the default intensity — scans relying on these findings at default intensity will no longer produce them without adding --intensity deep, --module-tag hygiene, or configuring dynamic-assessment.hygiene_modules.
  • !
    pkg/spitolas/loginsig has moved to pkg/authsig — any code importing the old path will break.
  • !
    --record-redirect-chain no longer gates request/response re-pairing, only hop rows — setups that relied on this flag to suppress re-pairing will behave differently.
  • !
    Pointing a read command at a missing --db/$VIGOLIUM_DB_PATH path no longer creates the database and returns total: 0 — it now exits with source_missing. A foreign SQLite file that previously gained vigolium's tables now exits with source_incompatible instead.
  • !
    Default concurrency is now 25 everywhere; previously the CLI, pace config, REST API, and discovery source used inconsistent values of 50, 40, 50, and 50.
  • !
    surface_score is now a percentage of the 17-signal set rather than a 10-point-per-signal scheme; scores from earlier scans are not comparable to new ones.
  • !
    The -j/JSONL envelope no longer emits the legacy records/findings/scans/rows/stats keys by default; callers must pass --json-legacy-keys or set VIGOLIUM_JSON_LEGACY_KEYS=1 to restore them.
  • !
    Exit code 1 previously meant both scan crashed and scan found something; it now means only error. Automation that tested exit == 1 to detect findings must switch to exit == 4 (for --fail-on gates) or exit == 3 (for fuzz --fail-on-match).
  • !
    The -j envelope schema changed for every command: each command's payload is now under a unified {schema_version, command, project_uuid, db_path, total, offset, limit, items, query} structure; drivers that read the old per-command row key must migrate (the old key is retained only as a deprecated alias).
  • !
    Machine-output timestamps now carry exactly three fractional digits plus an epoch-millisecond sibling; consumers relying on microsecond-precision fractional timestamps will see a change in format.
  • !
    --fuzz-wordlist is renamed to --discovery-wordlist; the old spelling is kept as a deprecated alias, so scripts using --fuzz-wordlist will still run but should be updated.
  • !
    -S is now --stateless everywhere; on server/ingest the old meaning of --scan-on-receive is now a deprecated alias that emits a warning.
  • !
    An unfiltered import -B is now refused unless --all-hosts is explicitly passed; existing scripts that called import -B without host filters will fail with a pre-flight count prompt.
v0.5.0 Notes LatestStable

vigolium v0.5.0 adds scratch cleanup, hygiene module controls, and scope-origin tracking across JSONLJSONLA text format where each line is a self-contained, valid JSON object, making it easy to stream, append, and process large datasets line by line without parsing a full JSON array into memory., export, and REST⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v0.5.0 https://github.com/vigolium/vigolium.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v0.5.0
└──▷ TRY IT
Reclaim disk space from vigolium scratch directories left behind by killed or interrupted scans older than 2 hours.
$ vigolium kit tmp-clean --max-age 2h
Run hardening advisory checks (hygiene modules) on a target without needing full deep intensity — useful for a focused advisory-only sweep in CI.
$ vigolium scan -t example.com --module-tag hygiene
Force hygiene hardening advisories on at a non-deep intensity level, or suppress them entirely even at deep, via the config key.
yaml
dynamic-assessment:
  hygiene_modules: true
  • Adds vigolium kit tmp-clean subcommand to collect abandoned vigolium scratch from the system temp directory left by interrupted runs, with --max-age (default 6h) controlling what counts as abandoned.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds --module-tag hygiene and --module-id <id> selectors to target the new hygiene module tag.
  • Adds dynamic-assessment.hygiene_modules config key to force hardening advisories on at any intensity or off even at deep.
  • Adds scans.scope_origin_mode field, carrying the resolved host-scope mode through --format jsonl, vigolium export, and the REST scan object.
  • Adds config.ResolveCLIOriginMode as the single fallback chain read by the matcher, banner, summary, snapshot, and scan row.
+4 more show less
  • Adds a Host scope reference section documenting how --scope-origin also selects stored records.
  • The 14 hygiene-tagged hardening advisories no longer run at the default intensity; they now require --intensity deep, --module-tag hygiene, or the dynamic-assessment.hygiene_modules config key.
  • A single-phase stateless scan (run probe -t <host> -S) is several times faster (~0.78 s to ~0.12 s) due to bounded in-memory dedup tiers and executor drain improvements.
  • Startup is approximately 20 ms faster following the go-runewidth v0.0.27 to v0.0.30 upgrade.
  • Adds vigolium kit tmp-clean subcommand to collect abandoned vigolium scratch from the system temp directory left by interrupted runs, with --max-age (default 6h) controlling what counts as abandoned.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds --module-tag hygiene and --module-id <id> selectors to target the new hygiene module tag.
  • Adds dynamic-assessment.hygiene_modules config key to force hardening advisories on at any intensity or off even at deep.
  • Adds scans.scope_origin_mode field, carrying the resolved host-scope mode through --format jsonl, vigolium export, and the REST scan object.
  • Adds config.ResolveCLIOriginMode as the single fallback chain read by the matcher, banner, summary, snapshot, and scan row.
+1 more show less
  • Adds a Host scope reference section documenting how --scope-origin also selects stored records.

3 more in Everything

└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !The 14 hygiene-tagged hardening advisories (including express-session-audit) no longer fire at the default intensity — scans relying on these findings at default intensity will no longer produce them without adding --intensity deep, --module-tag hygiene, or configuring dynamic-assessment.hygiene_modules.
v0.4.9 Notes Stable

vigolium v0.4.9 adds source-map ingestion, SSOSSOSingle sign-on, using one identity provider to sign in to multiple applications. It reduces separate passwords and centralizes account and access management.-wall redirect halting, new HTTP record fields, and major kit js-beautify flag expansion.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v0.4.9 https://github.com/vigolium/vigolium.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v0.4.9
└──▷ TRY IT
Beautify and unpack a large bundled JS file with an increased ASTASTAn abstract syntax tree, a structured representation of parsed code. Tools inspect or transform this tree to understand expressions and statements rather than just matching text. node budget and a time deadline to prevent runaway scans.
$ vigolium kit js-beautify -o output.js --unpack-modules --max-ast-nodes 500000 --max-input-mb 50 --deadline 60s bundle.js
  • Adds sourcemap-ingest active module that fetches exposed source maps, secret-scans the recovered originals, and ingests their routes into the scan.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds http_records.target, root_uuid, and chain_truncated fields — exposing the submitted target, O(1) chain-root lookup, and whether a redirect chain stopped short.
  • Adds -o, --modules, --profile, --unpack-modules, --max-ast-nodes, --max-input-mb, and --deadline flags to kit js-beautify; -j output gains status, diagnostics, and per-endpoint provenanceprovenanceEvidence recording where a software artifact came from and how it was built, including its source and build process. It helps a consumer check that the artifact matches a trusted build..
  • Adds max_unpack_input_mb (default 16 MiB) to bound the source-level unpack pass independently of the AST node ceiling.
  • Adds shared jstangle/sourcemap package providing a single canonical definition of a map reference, sibling candidate, and parsed map.
+3 more show less
  • Extends source-map detection to cover CSS, eval strings, SourceMap/X-SourceMap response headers, and unreferenced <bundle>.map sibling files.
  • Redirects now halt at a login/SSO wall under every --redirect-mode, with each phase reporting the walls it hit and an example target.
  • Raises maxBundleModules default from 64 to 512, orders modules by endpoint likelihood before the cap, and gives each sub-scan its own AST node budget.
  • Adds sourcemap-ingest active module that fetches exposed source maps, secret-scans the recovered originals, and ingests their routes into the scan.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds http_records.target, root_uuid, and chain_truncated fields — exposing the submitted target, O(1) chain-root lookup, and whether a redirect chain stopped short.
  • Adds max_unpack_input_mb (default 16 MiB) to bound the source-level unpack pass independently of the AST node ceiling.
  • Adds shared jstangle/sourcemap package providing a single canonical definition of a map reference, sibling candidate, and parsed map.

4 more in Everything

└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !pkg/spitolas/loginsig has moved to pkg/authsig — any code importing the old path will break.
  • !--record-redirect-chain no longer gates request/response re-pairing, only hop rows — setups that relied on this flag to suppress re-pairing will behave differently.
v0.4.7 Notes Stable

vigolium v0.4.7 adds targeted traffic body/header extraction, per-command file output, and exact URL filtering.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v0.4.7 https://github.com/vigolium/vigolium.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v0.4.7
└──▷ TRY IT
Dump a filtered traffic listing to a JSON file in CI — the file gets the result document while the terminal gets a short receipt.
$ vigolium traffic -j --url https://api.example.com/v1/login --url https://api.example.com/v1/token -o traffic_matches.json
Narrow a db ls query to two exact endpoints and save results to a file for further processing.
$ vigolium db ls -j --url https://api.example.com/auth --url https://api.example.com/session -o db_export.json
  • Adds vigolium traffic body and vigolium traffic headers subcommands to extract one side of a stored exchange to stdout or a file without re-sending the request.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds -o/--output flag to traffic -j, finding -j, and db ls -j to write the result document to a file and print a receipt to stdout.
  • Adds --url flag to traffic and db ls for exact URL selection, repeatable and OR-ed, applied before pagination.
  • db stats now reports path and size fields for the source path and on-disk size.
  • Adds vigolium traffic body and vigolium traffic headers subcommands to extract one side of a stored exchange to stdout or a file without re-sending the request.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

3 more in Everything

└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !Pointing a read command at a missing --db/$VIGOLIUM_DB_PATH path no longer creates the database and returns total: 0 — it now exits with source_missing. A foreign SQLite file that previously gained vigolium's tables now exits with source_incompatible instead.
  • !Default concurrency is now 25 everywhere; previously the CLI, pace config, REST APIREST APIA web API design style where clients interact with resources over HTTP using standard methods like GET, POST, and DELETE, giving cyber tools a predictable, language-agnostic way to integrate with external services., and discovery source used inconsistent values of 50, 40, 50, and 50.
v0.4.6 Notes Stable

vigolium v0.4.6 adds run probe host sweeps, TLS fingerprinting, redirect-chain tracking, and a deterministic surface_score on every record.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v0.4.6 https://github.com/vigolium/vigolium.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v0.4.6
└──▷ TRY IT
Sweep thousands of hosts from a recon list with passive TLS fingerprinting and no fuzzing budget consumed.
$ vigolium run probe -T hosts.txt -c 20 --tls-probe -j
After a sweep, rank hosts by attack-surface score to prioritise which ones deserve a full scan.
$ vigolium db ls --sort surface_score --min-surface 40
Group sweep traffic by status code to quickly triage redirect vs. live vs. dead targets in a project.
$ vigolium traffic --source probe --group-by status_code --group-limit 20
  • Adds vigolium run probe (aliases: probing, httpx, alive, sweep) for passive-only host sweeps — one request per target, no fuzzing, enabling -T hosts.txt -c 20 to reach thousands of hosts.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds --tls-probe to complete a TLS handshake per HTTPSHTTPSHTTP carried over an encrypted TLS connection. It protects traffic in transit and lets a browser verify the server's certificate. endpoint and report negotiated version/cipher plus leaf certificate details (subject/CN, SANs, issuer, validity window, serial, MD5/SHA-1SHA-1A cryptographic hash function standardized by NIST that produces a 160-bit digest; tools use it for file integrity checks, though it is now considered cryptographically broken and unsuitable for collision-resistant applications./SHA-256SHA-256A cryptographic hash function that turns data into a fixed 256-bit fingerprint. It is used to check integrity; hashing does not encrypt the original data. fingerprints) under a tls key.
  • Adds --redirect-mode off|same-host|same-apex|any (default any) to control redirect-following scope, replacing the former FollowRedirects/FollowHostRedirects bool pair.
  • Adds --record-redirect-chain to store each followed redirect hop as its own http_records row chained through parent_uuid (on by default under run probe).
  • Adds http_records.response_location column storing a 3xx Location header verbatim, enabling traffic --tree to display redirect destinations without re-parsing stored response bytes.
+11 more show less
  • Adds http_records.surface_score — a deterministic, absolute percentage of 17 attack-surface signals (auth boundary, non-standard port, dynamic origin, permissive CORSCORSA browser mechanism that lets a server declare which foreign origins may read its HTTP responses, enforced by the browser to block unauthorized cross-site requests from JavaScript., leaked internals, API surface, input surface, etc.) written by the new surface-scoring passive module.
  • Adds db ls --min-surface, --sort surface_score, and a SURFACE column to db ls; exposes min_surface/min_surface_score on the records APIs and in -j/JSONLJSONLA text format where each line is a self-contained, valid JSON object, making it easy to stream, append, and process large datasets line by line without parsing a full JSON array into memory., CSV export, and inspect_record.
  • Adds --export-only on scan/run to limit --format jsonl output to chosen record types, reusing the export --only vocabulary.
  • Adds traffic --group-by <field> to count matched records by host, method, status_code, response_content_type, source, scan_uuid, ip, or is_authenticated, bounded by --group-limit.
  • Adds --no-response as an alias for --omit-response to skip storing response bodies on sweep runs.
  • Populates http_records.technology during a scan via the surface-scoring flush, which writes the full fingerprint-module stack onto every record for a host.
  • Adds error.code: "source_incompatible" for a valid SQLite file that is not a vigolium store, replacing the generic failed error.
  • Adds spa to the known tech tags so modules can gate logic on client-side-routing detection.
  • Adds --json-legacy-keys flag (and VIGOLIUM_JSON_LEGACY_KEYS=1 env var) to restore the deprecated records/findings/scans/rows/stats envelope keys for callers still migrating.
  • Probe rows are labelled probe and filterable via traffic --source probe, making sweeps separable from full scans within the same project.
  • Registry grows to 207 active and 117 passive modules.
  • Adds vigolium run probe (aliases: probing, httpx, alive, sweep) for passive-only host sweeps — one request per target, no fuzzing, enabling -T hosts.txt -c 20 to reach thousands of hosts.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds --tls-probe to complete a TLS handshake per HTTPSHTTPSHTTP carried over an encrypted TLS connection. It protects traffic in transit and lets a browser verify the server's certificate. endpoint and report negotiated version/cipher plus leaf certificate details (subject/CN, SANs, issuer, validity window, serial, MD5/SHA-1SHA-1A cryptographic hash function standardized by NIST that produces a 160-bit digest; tools use it for file integrity checks, though it is now considered cryptographically broken and unsuitable for collision-resistant applications./SHA-256SHA-256A cryptographic hash function that turns data into a fixed 256-bit fingerprint. It is used to check integrity; hashing does not encrypt the original data. fingerprints) under a tls key.
  • Adds --redirect-mode off|same-host|same-apex|any (default any) to control redirect-following scope, replacing the former FollowRedirects/FollowHostRedirects bool pair.
  • Adds --record-redirect-chain to store each followed redirect hop as its own http_records row chained through parent_uuid (on by default under run probe).
  • Adds http_records.response_location column storing a 3xx Location header verbatim, enabling traffic --tree to display redirect destinations without re-parsing stored response bytes.
+6 more show less
  • Adds http_records.surface_score — a deterministic, absolute percentage of 17 attack-surface signals (auth boundary, non-standard port, dynamic origin, permissive CORSCORSA browser mechanism that lets a server declare which foreign origins may read its HTTP responses, enforced by the browser to block unauthorized cross-site requests from JavaScript., leaked internals, API surface, input surface, etc.) written by the new surface-scoring passive module.
  • Adds --export-only on scan/run to limit --format jsonl output to chosen record types, reusing the export --only vocabulary.
  • Adds traffic --group-by <field> to count matched records by host, method, status_code, response_content_type, source, scan_uuid, ip, or is_authenticated, bounded by --group-limit.
  • Adds spa to the known tech tags so modules can gate logic on client-side-routing detection.
  • Adds --json-legacy-keys flag (and VIGOLIUM_JSON_LEGACY_KEYS=1 env var) to restore the deprecated records/findings/scans/rows/stats envelope keys for callers still migrating.
  • Probe rows are labelled probe and filterable via traffic --source probe, making sweeps separable from full scans within the same project.

5 more in Everything

└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !surface_score is now a percentage of the 17-signal set rather than a 10-point-per-signal scheme; scores from earlier scans are not comparable to new ones.
  • !The -j/JSONL envelope no longer emits the legacy records/findings/scans/rows/stats keys by default; callers must pass --json-legacy-keys or set VIGOLIUM_JSON_LEGACY_KEYS=1 to restore them.
v0.4.5 Notes Stable

vigolium v0.4.5 adds NDJSONNDJSONA text format where each line is a self-contained JSON object, making it easy to stream, append, and parse large datasets record-by-record without loading the whole file into memory. event streams, tool shims, batch ingest, and a stable machine-output envelope across all commands⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v0.4.5 https://github.com/vigolium/vigolium.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v0.4.5
└──▷ TRY IT
Stream structured scan events to a monitoring process in CI while keeping the human-readable log on stderr.
$ vigolium scan https://example.com --events ndjson 2>scan.log | jq 'select(.event == "finding.new")'
Assert that the vigolium schema version matches what your driver expects before starting a long scan pipeline.
$ vigolium version --json | jq -e '.schema_version == "expected-version" and .db_schema_version == "expected-db-version"'
Cap only the nuclei-backed known-issue phase to 20 req/s without throttling native modules when scanning a rate-sensitive target.
$ vigolium scan https://example.com --rate-limit known-issue-scan=20
  • Adds --events ndjson to scan/run/scan-url/scan-request for a live NDJSON event stream on stdout emitting scan.started, phase.started|progress|finished, waf.block, waf.pacing, finding.new, error, and scan.finished events while the human console remains on stderr.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds a repeatable phase qualifier to the pace dials — e.g. --rate-limit known-issue-scan=20 — so individual phases can be capped independently without affecting other modules.
  • Adds vigolium ffuf|nuclei|katana|gau|arjun tool shims that accept each tool's own argv, print the translation, and run the native phase into the pinned database.
  • Adds batch ingest: -i is now repeatable and --dir/--dir-glob walk a directory, so N specs cost one process instead of N invocations.
  • Adds vigolium version --json, which reports schema_version and db_schema_version so a consumer can detect contract drift at startup.
+6 more show less
  • Adds filter flags --host, --path, --method, --status, --search, --from/--to, -n, --all-hosts, and --yes to import -B, matching the filter set traffic -B already had.
  • Standardises exit codes across all commands: 0 success, 1 error, 2 usage error, 3 fuzz --fail-on-match, 4 --fail-on gate tripped.
  • Unifies machine output under one -j envelope — {schema_version, command, project_uuid, db_path, total, offset, limit, items, query} — for every command, with each command's old row key kept as a deprecated alias; db stats -j is no longer an exception.
  • Renames --fuzz-wordlist to --discovery-wordlist (old spelling kept as a deprecated alias) to eliminate collision with vigolium fuzz -w.
  • Adds --templates-dir flag to pin the nuclei-templates directory per run.
  • Enables finding --push-to-burp and --to-repeater to compose rather than being mutually exclusive, matching replay behaviour.
  • Adds --events ndjson to scan/run/scan-url/scan-request for a live NDJSON event stream on stdout emitting scan.started, phase.started|progress|finished, waf.block, waf.pacing, finding.new, error, and scan.finished events while the human console remains on stderr.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds vigolium ffuf|nuclei|katana|gau|arjun tool shims that accept each tool's own argv, print the translation, and run the native phase into the pinned database.

9 more in Everything

└──▷ BREAKING ON UPGRADE
  • !Exit code 1 previously meant both scan crashed and scan found something; it now means only error. Automation that tested exit == 1 to detect findings must switch to exit == 4 (for --fail-on gates) or exit == 3 (for fuzz --fail-on-match).
  • !The -j envelope schema changed for every command: each command's payload is now under a unified {schema_version, command, project_uuid, db_path, total, offset, limit, items, query} structure; drivers that read the old per-command row key must migrate (the old key is retained only as a deprecated alias).
  • !Machine-output timestamps now carry exactly three fractional digits plus an epoch-millisecond sibling; consumers relying on microsecond-precision fractional timestamps will see a change in format.
  • !--fuzz-wordlist is renamed to --discovery-wordlist; the old spelling is kept as a deprecated alias, so scripts using --fuzz-wordlist will still run but should be updated.
  • !-S is now --stateless everywhere; on server/ingest the old meaning of --scan-on-receive is now a deprecated alias that emits a warning.
  • !An unfiltered import -B is now refused unless --all-hosts is explicitly passed; existing scripts that called import -B without host filters will fail with a pre-flight count prompt.
Was this useful?

DockSec

Sources Release notes → v2026.9.21 Notes Rank Why this rank top features scored 75/70/50, +6 runnable example — 71 How ranking works →

AI-powered Docker security scanner that explains vulnerabilities in plain English. An OWASP Lab Project.

DockSec's latest run adds AI-driven exploit-chain correlation and EPSSEPSSExploit Prediction Scoring System, an estimate of the probability that a published vulnerability will be exploited in the next 30 days. It helps prioritize investigation and patching.-based prioritization to its findings, an --fix flag for inline remediation, Markdown CI reports with a PR comment mode, and supply-chain hardening via GHCRGHCRGitHub Container Registry, GitHub's hosted service for storing and distributing OCI-compatible container images, giving cyber tools a versioned, access-controlled image store tied directly to a GitHub repository. distribution, signed releases and self-scanning CI.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ WHAT SHIPPED · 7 FEATURES 0 OF 7 FEATURES most completely described first
what's the number?

Each feature carries 0–100 for how completely the vendor documented it — not how big or important the work is. A major capability described in eight words scores low, and that is the finding.

  • depth0–40 what it does and how it works or what changed
  • specificity0–30 names real surfaces — APIs, flags, formats, limits, numbers
  • actionability0–30 enough to go use it — a named endpoint, flag, or config key tops this; a UI path is a starting point

Code and config rank first by construction: a documented endpoint, flag or config key scores at the top of specificity and actionability, so it sorts above a feature described only in prose. Under 60 the notes go thin — everything below the “thinner coverage” line is thinner documentation, not smaller work. Hover any meter for that feature's three sub-scores.

01 00
Auto-remediation with --fix flag new 75

Adds a --fix flag that emits remediation commands alongside each finding, letting a developer fix issues in the same run as the scan without switching context, e.g.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠ docksec scan --fix <target> or docksec scan myapp:latest --fix.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

Get actionable remediation commands in the same run as the scan, so you can fix issues without switching context.
$ docksec scan --fix <target>
Scan and automatically generate fix commands for every finding so a developer can remediate without leaving the terminal.
$ docksec scan --fix .
Run a scan and get actionable remediation commands printed alongside each finding — useful in a developer workflow where you want to fix issues immediately.
$ docksec scan --fix <target>
After scanning, apply the tool-suggested remediations directly instead of manually interpreting each finding.
$ docksec scan --fix docker-compose.yml
— Names exact flag and runnable command, mechanism described v2026.9.21v2026.9.20v2026.9.20rc3v2026.9.20rc2
02 00
Markdown report output for CI new 70

Adds --format markdown report output sized for CI/CD pipeline logs and pull-request summaries, so results render natively in GitHub ActionsGitHub ActionsGitHub's built-in CI/CD system that runs automated workflows triggered by repository events, letting cyber tools automate testing, building, and releasing without managing separate pipeline infrastructure. logs or GitLab MR job summaries, e.g. docksec scan --format markdown <target> or redirected to a file with docksec scan myapp:latest --format markdown > docksec-report.md.

Emit a Markdown report in CI so scan results render natively in GitHub Actions logs or as a PR annotation.
$ docksec scan --format markdown <target>
Generate a markdown report in CI/CD so findings render natively in pull request comments or pipeline summaries.
$ docksec scan --format markdown <target>
Scan a Docker Compose project in CI and emit a markdown report that renders natively in pull-request comments.
$ docksec scan --format markdown docker-compose.yml
Emit a markdown report in CI so GitHub Actions or GitLab MR pipelines render findings natively in the job summary.
$ docksec scan myapp:latest --format markdown > docksec-report.md
— Exact flag and CI usage pattern given, but no rendering details v2026.9.21v2026.9.20rc3v2026.9.20rc2v2026.9.20rc1
thinner coverage below
03 00
EPSS-based exploit-probability prioritization new 50

Adds EPSS-based priority scoring to structured findings output, ranking findings by real-world exploit probability rather than raw severity volume alongside severity data.

Scan an image and immediately get a prioritized fix list ordered by EPSS score, with remediation commands printed inline.
$ docksec scan myapp:latest --fix
— Explains ranking basis but no scoring formula or thresholds v2026.9.20rc2v2026.9.21
04 00
Supply-chain distribution and verification new 40

Publishes the container image to GHCR as a new distribution channel alongside existing packaging, adds signed releases for supply-chain verification of DockSec artifacts, and runs self-scanning CI with integration guides.

— Names three concrete surfaces but no verification steps given v2026.9.21v2026.9.20
05 00
AI exploit-chain correlation of findings new 35

Adds AI-driven finding correlation and exploit-chain analysis that identifies exploit chains across findings, grouping related issues into attack pathsattack pathsA possible sequence of steps an attacker could take to reach a valuable target. It connects weaknesses, permissions and reachable systems rather than treating each finding separately. rather than a flat list.

— Describes grouping behaviour but no command or output example v2026.9.21v2026.9.20
06 00
PR comment mode for scan results new 30

Adds a PR comment mode that posts scan results directly as a pull-request comment.

— States capability but no flag or config to invoke it v2026.9.21
07 00
Jinja2-templated report rendering improved 25

Replaces string-substitution HTML templates with Jinja2 for report rendering.

— Names the templating engine but no user-facing effect described v2026.9.20
v2026.9.21 Notes LatestStable

DockSec v2026.9.21 adds --fix, AI exploit-chain correlation, EPSSEPSSExploit Prediction Scoring System, an estimate of the probability that a published vulnerability will be exploited in the next 30 days. It helps prioritize investigation and patching. prioritization, Markdown CI reports, and PR comment mode.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v2026.9.21 https://github.com/OWASP/DockSec.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v2026.9.21
└──▷ TRY IT
Get actionable remediation commands in the same run as the scan, so you can fix issues without switching context.
$ docksec scan --fix <target>
Emit a Markdown report in CI so scan results render natively in GitHub ActionsGitHub ActionsGitHub's built-in CI/CD system that runs automated workflows triggered by repository events, letting cyber tools automate testing, building, and releasing without managing separate pipeline infrastructure. logs or as a PR annotation.
$ docksec scan --format markdown <target>
  • Adds --fix flag that emits remediation commands alongside each finding.⁠︀︄︇︀︅︉︀︅︀︀︃︀︀︅︅︀︅︊︀︄︆︀︃︄⁠
  • Adds --format markdown report output, sized for CI/CD pipeline logs and pull-request summaries.
  • Adds EPSS-based priority scoring to structured findings output, surfacing exploitability likelihood alongside severity.
  • Adds AI-driven finding correlation and exploit-chain analysis to group related issues into attack pathsattack pathsA possible sequence of steps an attacker could take to reach a valuable target. It connects weaknesses, permissions and reachable systems rather than treating each finding separately..
  • Adds PR comment mode that posts scan results directly as a pull-request comment.
+2 more show less
  • Publishes the container image to GHCRGHCRGitHub Container Registry, GitHub's hosted service for storing and distributing OCI-compatible container images, giving cyber tools a versioned, access-controlled image store tied directly to a GitHub repository., providing a new distribution channel alongside the existing packaging.
  • Adds signed releases for supply-chain verification of DockSec artifacts.

7 details in Everything

v2026.9.20 Notes Stable

DockSec: Adds AI-powered vulnerability correlation that identifies exploit chains across findings.

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v2026.9.20 https://github.com/OWASP/DockSec.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v2026.9.20
└──▷ TRY IT
Scan and automatically generate fix commands for every finding so a developer can remediate without leaving the terminal.
$ docksec scan --fix .
  • Replaces string-substitution HTML templates with Jinja2 for report rendering.
  • Adds signed releases and self-scanning CI with integration guides.
  • Adds signed releases and self-scanning CI with integration guides.

1 more in Everything

v2026.9.20rc2 Notes Pre-release

DockSec: Introduces EPSSEPSSExploit Prediction Scoring System, an estimate of the probability that a published vulnerability will be exploited in the next 30 days. It helps prioritize investigation and patching.-based priority scoring so findings are ranked by real-world exploit probability rather than raw severity volume.

└──▷ GET THIS VERSION
$ git clone --branch v2026.9.20rc2 https://github.com/OWASP/DockSec.git
# already have the repo? check out this version:
$ git checkout v2026.9.20rc2
└──▷ TRY IT
Scan a Docker Compose project in CI and emit a markdown report that renders natively in pull-request comments.
$ docksec scan --format markdown docker-compose.yml
After scanning, apply the tool-suggested remediations directly instead of manually interpreting each finding.
$ docksec scan --fix docker-compose.yml
Was this useful?
browse all tools → score card for your toolchain →